| 1 | //===-- CodeGenFunction.h - Per-Function state for LLVM CodeGen -*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This is the internal per-function state used for llvm translation. |
| 10 | // |
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 12 | |
| 13 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_LIB_CODEGEN_CODEGENFUNCTION_H |
| 14 | #define LLVM_CLANG_LIB_CODEGEN_CODEGENFUNCTION_H |
| 15 | |
| 16 | #include "CGBuilder.h" |
| 17 | #include "CGLoopInfo.h" |
| 18 | #include "CGValue.h" |
| 19 | #include "CodeGenModule.h" |
| 20 | #include "EHScopeStack.h" |
| 21 | #include "SanitizerHandler.h" |
| 22 | #include "VarBypassDetector.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/CurrentSourceLocExprScope.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/AST/StmtOpenACC.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/AST/StmtOpenMP.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/AST/StmtSYCL.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/Basic/ABI.h" |
| 33 | #include "clang/Basic/CapturedStmt.h" |
| 34 | #include "clang/Basic/CodeGenOptions.h" |
| 35 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
| 36 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
| 37 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 38 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" |
| 39 | #include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h" |
| 40 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
| 41 | #include "llvm/Frontend/OpenMP/OMPIRBuilder.h" |
| 42 | #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" |
| 43 | #include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h" |
| 44 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" |
| 45 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SanitizerStats.h" |
| 46 | #include <optional> |
| 47 | |
| 48 | namespace llvm { |
| 49 | class BasicBlock; |
| 50 | class ConvergenceControlInst; |
| 51 | class LLVMContext; |
| 52 | class MDNode; |
| 53 | class SwitchInst; |
| 54 | class Twine; |
| 55 | class Value; |
| 56 | class CanonicalLoopInfo; |
| 57 | } // namespace llvm |
| 58 | |
| 59 | namespace clang { |
| 60 | class ASTContext; |
| 61 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
| 62 | class CXXForRangeStmt; |
| 63 | class CXXTryStmt; |
| 64 | class Decl; |
| 65 | class LabelDecl; |
| 66 | class FunctionDecl; |
| 67 | class FunctionProtoType; |
| 68 | class LabelStmt; |
| 69 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
| 70 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 71 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
| 72 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
| 73 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
| 74 | class ObjCPropertyImplDecl; |
| 75 | class TargetInfo; |
| 76 | class VarDecl; |
| 77 | class ObjCForCollectionStmt; |
| 78 | class ObjCAtTryStmt; |
| 79 | class ObjCAtThrowStmt; |
| 80 | class ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt; |
| 81 | class ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt; |
| 82 | class OMPUseDevicePtrClause; |
| 83 | class OMPUseDeviceAddrClause; |
| 84 | class SVETypeFlags; |
| 85 | class OMPExecutableDirective; |
| 86 | |
| 87 | namespace analyze_os_log { |
| 88 | class OSLogBufferLayout; |
| 89 | } |
| 90 | |
| 91 | namespace CodeGen { |
| 92 | class CodeGenTypes; |
| 93 | class CodeGenPGO; |
| 94 | class CGCallee; |
| 95 | class CGFunctionInfo; |
| 96 | class CGBlockInfo; |
| 97 | class CGCXXABI; |
| 98 | class BlockByrefHelpers; |
| 99 | class BlockByrefInfo; |
| 100 | class BlockFieldFlags; |
| 101 | class RegionCodeGenTy; |
| 102 | class TargetCodeGenInfo; |
| 103 | struct OMPTaskDataTy; |
| 104 | struct CGCoroData; |
| 105 | |
| 106 | // clang-format off |
| 107 | /// The kind of evaluation to perform on values of a particular |
| 108 | /// type. Basically, is the code in CGExprScalar, CGExprComplex, or |
| 109 | /// CGExprAgg? |
| 110 | /// |
| 111 | /// TODO: should vectors maybe be split out into their own thing? |
| 112 | enum TypeEvaluationKind { |
| 113 | TEK_Scalar, |
| 114 | TEK_Complex, |
| 115 | TEK_Aggregate |
| 116 | }; |
| 117 | // clang-format on |
| 118 | |
| 119 | /// Helper class with most of the code for saving a value for a |
| 120 | /// conditional expression cleanup. |
| 121 | struct DominatingLLVMValue { |
| 122 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::Value *, 1, bool> saved_type; |
| 123 | |
| 124 | /// Answer whether the given value needs extra work to be saved. |
| 125 | static bool needsSaving(llvm::Value *value) { |
| 126 | if (!value) |
| 127 | return false; |
| 128 | |
| 129 | // If it's not an instruction, we don't need to save. |
| 130 | if (!isa<llvm::Instruction>(Val: value)) |
| 131 | return false; |
| 132 | |
| 133 | // If it's an instruction in the entry block, we don't need to save. |
| 134 | llvm::BasicBlock *block = cast<llvm::Instruction>(Val: value)->getParent(); |
| 135 | return (block != &block->getParent()->getEntryBlock()); |
| 136 | } |
| 137 | |
| 138 | static saved_type save(CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Value *value); |
| 139 | static llvm::Value *restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF, saved_type value); |
| 140 | }; |
| 141 | |
| 142 | /// A partial specialization of DominatingValue for llvm::Values that |
| 143 | /// might be llvm::Instructions. |
| 144 | template <class T> struct DominatingPointer<T, true> : DominatingLLVMValue { |
| 145 | typedef T *type; |
| 146 | static type restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF, saved_type value) { |
| 147 | return static_cast<T *>(DominatingLLVMValue::restore(CGF, value)); |
| 148 | } |
| 149 | }; |
| 150 | |
| 151 | /// A specialization of DominatingValue for Address. |
| 152 | template <> struct DominatingValue<Address> { |
| 153 | typedef Address type; |
| 154 | |
| 155 | struct saved_type { |
| 156 | DominatingLLVMValue::saved_type BasePtr; |
| 157 | llvm::Type *ElementType; |
| 158 | CharUnits Alignment; |
| 159 | DominatingLLVMValue::saved_type Offset; |
| 160 | llvm::PointerType *EffectiveType; |
| 161 | }; |
| 162 | |
| 163 | static bool needsSaving(type value) { |
| 164 | if (DominatingLLVMValue::needsSaving(value: value.getBasePointer()) || |
| 165 | DominatingLLVMValue::needsSaving(value: value.getOffset())) |
| 166 | return true; |
| 167 | return false; |
| 168 | } |
| 169 | static saved_type save(CodeGenFunction &CGF, type value) { |
| 170 | return {.BasePtr: DominatingLLVMValue::save(CGF, value: value.getBasePointer()), |
| 171 | .ElementType: value.getElementType(), .Alignment: value.getAlignment(), |
| 172 | .Offset: DominatingLLVMValue::save(CGF, value: value.getOffset()), .EffectiveType: value.getType()}; |
| 173 | } |
| 174 | static type restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF, saved_type value) { |
| 175 | return Address(DominatingLLVMValue::restore(CGF, value: value.BasePtr), |
| 176 | value.ElementType, value.Alignment, CGPointerAuthInfo(), |
| 177 | DominatingLLVMValue::restore(CGF, value: value.Offset)); |
| 178 | } |
| 179 | }; |
| 180 | |
| 181 | /// A specialization of DominatingValue for RValue. |
| 182 | template <> struct DominatingValue<RValue> { |
| 183 | typedef RValue type; |
| 184 | class saved_type { |
| 185 | enum Kind { |
| 186 | ScalarLiteral, |
| 187 | ScalarAddress, |
| 188 | AggregateLiteral, |
| 189 | AggregateAddress, |
| 190 | ComplexAddress |
| 191 | }; |
| 192 | union { |
| 193 | struct { |
| 194 | DominatingLLVMValue::saved_type first, second; |
| 195 | } Vals; |
| 196 | DominatingValue<Address>::saved_type AggregateAddr; |
| 197 | }; |
| 198 | LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(Kind) |
| 199 | unsigned K : 3; |
| 200 | |
| 201 | saved_type(DominatingLLVMValue::saved_type Val1, unsigned K) |
| 202 | : Vals{.first: Val1, .second: DominatingLLVMValue::saved_type()}, K(K) {} |
| 203 | |
| 204 | saved_type(DominatingLLVMValue::saved_type Val1, |
| 205 | DominatingLLVMValue::saved_type Val2) |
| 206 | : Vals{.first: Val1, .second: Val2}, K(ComplexAddress) {} |
| 207 | |
| 208 | saved_type(DominatingValue<Address>::saved_type AggregateAddr, unsigned K) |
| 209 | : AggregateAddr(AggregateAddr), K(K) {} |
| 210 | |
| 211 | public: |
| 212 | static bool needsSaving(RValue value); |
| 213 | static saved_type save(CodeGenFunction &CGF, RValue value); |
| 214 | RValue restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF); |
| 215 | |
| 216 | // implementations in CGCleanup.cpp |
| 217 | }; |
| 218 | |
| 219 | static bool needsSaving(type value) { return saved_type::needsSaving(value); } |
| 220 | static saved_type save(CodeGenFunction &CGF, type value) { |
| 221 | return saved_type::save(CGF, value); |
| 222 | } |
| 223 | static type restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF, saved_type value) { |
| 224 | return value.restore(CGF); |
| 225 | } |
| 226 | }; |
| 227 | |
| 228 | /// A scoped helper to set the current source atom group for |
| 229 | /// CGDebugInfo::addInstToCurrentSourceAtom. A source atom is a source construct |
| 230 | /// that is "interesting" for debug stepping purposes. We use an atom group |
| 231 | /// number to track the instruction(s) that implement the functionality for the |
| 232 | /// atom, plus backup instructions/source locations. |
| 233 | class ApplyAtomGroup { |
| 234 | uint64_t OriginalAtom = 0; |
| 235 | CGDebugInfo *DI = nullptr; |
| 236 | |
| 237 | ApplyAtomGroup(const ApplyAtomGroup &) = delete; |
| 238 | void operator=(const ApplyAtomGroup &) = delete; |
| 239 | |
| 240 | public: |
| 241 | ApplyAtomGroup(CGDebugInfo *DI); |
| 242 | ~ApplyAtomGroup(); |
| 243 | }; |
| 244 | |
| 245 | /// CodeGenFunction - This class organizes the per-function state that is used |
| 246 | /// while generating LLVM code. |
| 247 | class CodeGenFunction : public CodeGenTypeCache { |
| 248 | CodeGenFunction(const CodeGenFunction &) = delete; |
| 249 | void operator=(const CodeGenFunction &) = delete; |
| 250 | |
| 251 | friend class CGCXXABI; |
| 252 | |
| 253 | public: |
| 254 | /// A jump destination is an abstract label, branching to which may |
| 255 | /// require a jump out through normal cleanups. |
| 256 | struct JumpDest { |
| 257 | JumpDest() : Block(nullptr), Index(0) {} |
| 258 | JumpDest(llvm::BasicBlock *Block, EHScopeStack::stable_iterator Depth, |
| 259 | unsigned Index) |
| 260 | : Block(Block), ScopeDepth(Depth), Index(Index) {} |
| 261 | |
| 262 | bool isValid() const { return Block != nullptr; } |
| 263 | llvm::BasicBlock *getBlock() const { return Block; } |
| 264 | EHScopeStack::stable_iterator getScopeDepth() const { return ScopeDepth; } |
| 265 | unsigned getDestIndex() const { return Index; } |
| 266 | |
| 267 | // This should be used cautiously. |
| 268 | void setScopeDepth(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator depth) { |
| 269 | ScopeDepth = depth; |
| 270 | } |
| 271 | |
| 272 | private: |
| 273 | llvm::BasicBlock *Block; |
| 274 | EHScopeStack::stable_iterator ScopeDepth; |
| 275 | unsigned Index; |
| 276 | }; |
| 277 | |
| 278 | CodeGenModule &CGM; // Per-module state. |
| 279 | const TargetInfo &Target; |
| 280 | |
| 281 | // For EH/SEH outlined funclets, this field points to parent's CGF |
| 282 | CodeGenFunction *ParentCGF = nullptr; |
| 283 | |
| 284 | typedef std::pair<llvm::Value *, llvm::Value *> ComplexPairTy; |
| 285 | LoopInfoStack LoopStack; |
| 286 | CGBuilderTy Builder; |
| 287 | |
| 288 | // Stores variables for which we can't generate correct lifetime markers |
| 289 | // because of jumps. |
| 290 | VarBypassDetector Bypasses; |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /// List of recently emitted OMPCanonicalLoops. |
| 293 | /// |
| 294 | /// Since OMPCanonicalLoops are nested inside other statements (in particular |
| 295 | /// CapturedStmt generated by OMPExecutableDirective and non-perfectly nested |
| 296 | /// loops), we cannot directly call OMPEmitOMPCanonicalLoop and receive its |
| 297 | /// llvm::CanonicalLoopInfo. Instead, we call EmitStmt and any |
| 298 | /// OMPEmitOMPCanonicalLoop called by it will add its CanonicalLoopInfo to |
| 299 | /// this stack when done. Entering a new loop requires clearing this list; it |
| 300 | /// either means we start parsing a new loop nest (in which case the previous |
| 301 | /// loop nest goes out of scope) or a second loop in the same level in which |
| 302 | /// case it would be ambiguous into which of the two (or more) loops the loop |
| 303 | /// nest would extend. |
| 304 | SmallVector<llvm::CanonicalLoopInfo *, 4> OMPLoopNestStack; |
| 305 | |
| 306 | /// Stack to track the Logical Operator recursion nest for MC/DC. |
| 307 | SmallVector<const BinaryOperator *, 16> MCDCLogOpStack; |
| 308 | |
| 309 | /// Stack to track the controlled convergence tokens. |
| 310 | SmallVector<llvm::ConvergenceControlInst *, 4> ConvergenceTokenStack; |
| 311 | |
| 312 | /// Number of nested loop to be consumed by the last surrounding |
| 313 | /// loop-associated directive. |
| 314 | int ExpectedOMPLoopDepth = 0; |
| 315 | |
| 316 | // CodeGen lambda for loops and support for ordered clause |
| 317 | typedef llvm::function_ref<void(CodeGenFunction &, const OMPLoopDirective &, |
| 318 | JumpDest)> |
| 319 | CodeGenLoopTy; |
| 320 | typedef llvm::function_ref<void(CodeGenFunction &, SourceLocation, |
| 321 | const unsigned, const bool)> |
| 322 | CodeGenOrderedTy; |
| 323 | |
| 324 | // Codegen lambda for loop bounds in worksharing loop constructs |
| 325 | typedef llvm::function_ref<std::pair<LValue, LValue>( |
| 326 | CodeGenFunction &, const OMPExecutableDirective &S)> |
| 327 | CodeGenLoopBoundsTy; |
| 328 | |
| 329 | // Codegen lambda for loop bounds in dispatch-based loop implementation |
| 330 | typedef llvm::function_ref<std::pair<llvm::Value *, llvm::Value *>( |
| 331 | CodeGenFunction &, const OMPExecutableDirective &S, Address LB, |
| 332 | Address UB)> |
| 333 | CodeGenDispatchBoundsTy; |
| 334 | |
| 335 | /// CGBuilder insert helper. This function is called after an |
| 336 | /// instruction is created using Builder. |
| 337 | void InsertHelper(llvm::Instruction *I, const llvm::Twine &Name, |
| 338 | llvm::BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const; |
| 339 | |
| 340 | /// CurFuncDecl - Holds the Decl for the current outermost |
| 341 | /// non-closure context. |
| 342 | const Decl *CurFuncDecl = nullptr; |
| 343 | /// CurCodeDecl - This is the inner-most code context, which includes blocks. |
| 344 | const Decl *CurCodeDecl = nullptr; |
| 345 | const CGFunctionInfo *CurFnInfo = nullptr; |
| 346 | QualType FnRetTy; |
| 347 | llvm::Function *CurFn = nullptr; |
| 348 | |
| 349 | /// Save Parameter Decl for coroutine. |
| 350 | llvm::SmallVector<const ParmVarDecl *, 4> FnArgs; |
| 351 | |
| 352 | // Holds coroutine data if the current function is a coroutine. We use a |
| 353 | // wrapper to manage its lifetime, so that we don't have to define CGCoroData |
| 354 | // in this header. |
| 355 | struct CGCoroInfo { |
| 356 | std::unique_ptr<CGCoroData> Data; |
| 357 | bool InSuspendBlock = false; |
| 358 | CGCoroInfo(); |
| 359 | ~CGCoroInfo(); |
| 360 | }; |
| 361 | CGCoroInfo CurCoro; |
| 362 | |
| 363 | bool isCoroutine() const { return CurCoro.Data != nullptr; } |
| 364 | |
| 365 | bool inSuspendBlock() const { |
| 366 | return isCoroutine() && CurCoro.InSuspendBlock; |
| 367 | } |
| 368 | |
| 369 | // Holds FramePtr for await_suspend wrapper generation, |
| 370 | // so that __builtin_coro_frame call can be lowered |
| 371 | // directly to value of its second argument |
| 372 | struct AwaitSuspendWrapperInfo { |
| 373 | llvm::Value *FramePtr = nullptr; |
| 374 | }; |
| 375 | AwaitSuspendWrapperInfo CurAwaitSuspendWrapper; |
| 376 | |
| 377 | // Generates wrapper function for `llvm.coro.await.suspend.*` intrinisics. |
| 378 | // It encapsulates SuspendExpr in a function, to separate it's body |
| 379 | // from the main coroutine to avoid miscompilations. Intrinisic |
| 380 | // is lowered to this function call in CoroSplit pass |
| 381 | // Function signature is: |
| 382 | // <type> __await_suspend_wrapper_<name>(ptr %awaiter, ptr %hdl) |
| 383 | // where type is one of (void, i1, ptr) |
| 384 | llvm::Function *generateAwaitSuspendWrapper(Twine const &CoroName, |
| 385 | Twine const &SuspendPointName, |
| 386 | CoroutineSuspendExpr const &S); |
| 387 | |
| 388 | /// CurGD - The GlobalDecl for the current function being compiled. |
| 389 | GlobalDecl CurGD; |
| 390 | |
| 391 | /// PrologueCleanupDepth - The cleanup depth enclosing all the |
| 392 | /// cleanups associated with the parameters. |
| 393 | EHScopeStack::stable_iterator PrologueCleanupDepth; |
| 394 | |
| 395 | /// ReturnBlock - Unified return block. |
| 396 | JumpDest ReturnBlock; |
| 397 | |
| 398 | /// ReturnValue - The temporary alloca to hold the return |
| 399 | /// value. This is invalid iff the function has no return value. |
| 400 | Address ReturnValue = Address::invalid(); |
| 401 | |
| 402 | /// ReturnValuePointer - The temporary alloca to hold a pointer to sret. |
| 403 | /// This is invalid if sret is not in use. |
| 404 | Address ReturnValuePointer = Address::invalid(); |
| 405 | |
| 406 | /// If a return statement is being visited, this holds the return statment's |
| 407 | /// result expression. |
| 408 | const Expr *RetExpr = nullptr; |
| 409 | |
| 410 | /// Return true if a label was seen in the current scope. |
| 411 | bool hasLabelBeenSeenInCurrentScope() const { |
| 412 | if (CurLexicalScope) |
| 413 | return CurLexicalScope->hasLabels(); |
| 414 | return !LabelMap.empty(); |
| 415 | } |
| 416 | |
| 417 | /// AllocaInsertPoint - This is an instruction in the entry block before which |
| 418 | /// we prefer to insert allocas. |
| 419 | llvm::AssertingVH<llvm::Instruction> AllocaInsertPt; |
| 420 | |
| 421 | private: |
| 422 | /// PostAllocaInsertPt - This is a place in the prologue where code can be |
| 423 | /// inserted that will be dominated by all the static allocas. This helps |
| 424 | /// achieve two things: |
| 425 | /// 1. Contiguity of all static allocas (within the prologue) is maintained. |
| 426 | /// 2. All other prologue code (which are dominated by static allocas) do |
| 427 | /// appear in the source order immediately after all static allocas. |
| 428 | /// |
| 429 | /// PostAllocaInsertPt will be lazily created when it is *really* required. |
| 430 | llvm::AssertingVH<llvm::Instruction> PostAllocaInsertPt = nullptr; |
| 431 | |
| 432 | public: |
| 433 | /// Return PostAllocaInsertPt. If it is not yet created, then insert it |
| 434 | /// immediately after AllocaInsertPt. |
| 435 | llvm::Instruction *getPostAllocaInsertPoint() { |
| 436 | if (!PostAllocaInsertPt) { |
| 437 | assert(AllocaInsertPt && |
| 438 | "Expected static alloca insertion point at function prologue" ); |
| 439 | assert(AllocaInsertPt->getParent()->isEntryBlock() && |
| 440 | "EBB should be entry block of the current code gen function" ); |
| 441 | PostAllocaInsertPt = AllocaInsertPt->clone(); |
| 442 | PostAllocaInsertPt->setName("postallocapt" ); |
| 443 | PostAllocaInsertPt->insertAfter(InsertPos: AllocaInsertPt->getIterator()); |
| 444 | } |
| 445 | |
| 446 | return PostAllocaInsertPt; |
| 447 | } |
| 448 | |
| 449 | /// API for captured statement code generation. |
| 450 | class CGCapturedStmtInfo { |
| 451 | public: |
| 452 | explicit CGCapturedStmtInfo(CapturedRegionKind K = CR_Default) |
| 453 | : Kind(K), ThisValue(nullptr), CXXThisFieldDecl(nullptr) {} |
| 454 | explicit CGCapturedStmtInfo(const CapturedStmt &S, |
| 455 | CapturedRegionKind K = CR_Default) |
| 456 | : Kind(K), ThisValue(nullptr), CXXThisFieldDecl(nullptr) { |
| 457 | |
| 458 | RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = |
| 459 | S.getCapturedRecordDecl()->field_begin(); |
| 460 | for (CapturedStmt::const_capture_iterator I = S.capture_begin(), |
| 461 | E = S.capture_end(); |
| 462 | I != E; ++I, ++Field) { |
| 463 | if (I->capturesThis()) |
| 464 | CXXThisFieldDecl = *Field; |
| 465 | else if (I->capturesVariable()) |
| 466 | CaptureFields[I->getCapturedVar()->getCanonicalDecl()] = *Field; |
| 467 | else if (I->capturesVariableByCopy()) |
| 468 | CaptureFields[I->getCapturedVar()->getCanonicalDecl()] = *Field; |
| 469 | } |
| 470 | } |
| 471 | |
| 472 | virtual ~CGCapturedStmtInfo(); |
| 473 | |
| 474 | CapturedRegionKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
| 475 | |
| 476 | virtual void setContextValue(llvm::Value *V) { ThisValue = V; } |
| 477 | // Retrieve the value of the context parameter. |
| 478 | virtual llvm::Value *getContextValue() const { return ThisValue; } |
| 479 | |
| 480 | /// Lookup the captured field decl for a variable. |
| 481 | virtual const FieldDecl *lookup(const VarDecl *VD) const { |
| 482 | return CaptureFields.lookup(Val: VD->getCanonicalDecl()); |
| 483 | } |
| 484 | |
| 485 | bool isCXXThisExprCaptured() const { return getThisFieldDecl() != nullptr; } |
| 486 | virtual FieldDecl *getThisFieldDecl() const { return CXXThisFieldDecl; } |
| 487 | |
| 488 | static bool classof(const CGCapturedStmtInfo *) { return true; } |
| 489 | |
| 490 | /// Emit the captured statement body. |
| 491 | virtual void EmitBody(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const Stmt *S) { |
| 492 | CGF.incrementProfileCounter(S); |
| 493 | CGF.EmitStmt(S); |
| 494 | } |
| 495 | |
| 496 | /// Get the name of the capture helper. |
| 497 | virtual StringRef getHelperName() const { return "__captured_stmt" ; } |
| 498 | |
| 499 | /// Get the CaptureFields |
| 500 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<const VarDecl *, FieldDecl *> getCaptureFields() { |
| 501 | return CaptureFields; |
| 502 | } |
| 503 | |
| 504 | private: |
| 505 | /// The kind of captured statement being generated. |
| 506 | CapturedRegionKind Kind; |
| 507 | |
| 508 | /// Keep the map between VarDecl and FieldDecl. |
| 509 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<const VarDecl *, FieldDecl *> CaptureFields; |
| 510 | |
| 511 | /// The base address of the captured record, passed in as the first |
| 512 | /// argument of the parallel region function. |
| 513 | llvm::Value *ThisValue; |
| 514 | |
| 515 | /// Captured 'this' type. |
| 516 | FieldDecl *CXXThisFieldDecl; |
| 517 | }; |
| 518 | CGCapturedStmtInfo *CapturedStmtInfo = nullptr; |
| 519 | |
| 520 | /// RAII for correct setting/restoring of CapturedStmtInfo. |
| 521 | class CGCapturedStmtRAII { |
| 522 | private: |
| 523 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 524 | CGCapturedStmtInfo *PrevCapturedStmtInfo; |
| 525 | |
| 526 | public: |
| 527 | CGCapturedStmtRAII(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 528 | CGCapturedStmtInfo *NewCapturedStmtInfo) |
| 529 | : CGF(CGF), PrevCapturedStmtInfo(CGF.CapturedStmtInfo) { |
| 530 | CGF.CapturedStmtInfo = NewCapturedStmtInfo; |
| 531 | } |
| 532 | ~CGCapturedStmtRAII() { CGF.CapturedStmtInfo = PrevCapturedStmtInfo; } |
| 533 | }; |
| 534 | |
| 535 | /// An abstract representation of regular/ObjC call/message targets. |
| 536 | class AbstractCallee { |
| 537 | /// The function declaration of the callee. |
| 538 | const Decl *CalleeDecl; |
| 539 | |
| 540 | public: |
| 541 | AbstractCallee() : CalleeDecl(nullptr) {} |
| 542 | AbstractCallee(const FunctionDecl *FD) : CalleeDecl(FD) {} |
| 543 | AbstractCallee(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD) : CalleeDecl(OMD) {} |
| 544 | bool hasFunctionDecl() const { |
| 545 | return isa_and_nonnull<FunctionDecl>(Val: CalleeDecl); |
| 546 | } |
| 547 | const Decl *getDecl() const { return CalleeDecl; } |
| 548 | unsigned getNumParams() const { |
| 549 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: CalleeDecl)) |
| 550 | return FD->getNumParams(); |
| 551 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: CalleeDecl)->param_size(); |
| 552 | } |
| 553 | const ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned I) const { |
| 554 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: CalleeDecl)) |
| 555 | return FD->getParamDecl(i: I); |
| 556 | return *(cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: CalleeDecl)->param_begin() + I); |
| 557 | } |
| 558 | }; |
| 559 | |
| 560 | /// Sanitizers enabled for this function. |
| 561 | SanitizerSet SanOpts; |
| 562 | |
| 563 | /// True if CodeGen currently emits code implementing sanitizer checks. |
| 564 | bool IsSanitizerScope = false; |
| 565 | |
| 566 | /// RAII object to set/unset CodeGenFunction::IsSanitizerScope. |
| 567 | class SanitizerScope { |
| 568 | CodeGenFunction *CGF; |
| 569 | |
| 570 | public: |
| 571 | SanitizerScope(CodeGenFunction *CGF); |
| 572 | ~SanitizerScope(); |
| 573 | }; |
| 574 | |
| 575 | /// In C++, whether we are code generating a thunk. This controls whether we |
| 576 | /// should emit cleanups. |
| 577 | bool CurFuncIsThunk = false; |
| 578 | |
| 579 | /// In ARC, whether we should autorelease the return value. |
| 580 | bool AutoreleaseResult = false; |
| 581 | |
| 582 | /// Whether we processed a Microsoft-style asm block during CodeGen. These can |
| 583 | /// potentially set the return value. |
| 584 | bool SawAsmBlock = false; |
| 585 | |
| 586 | GlobalDecl CurSEHParent; |
| 587 | |
| 588 | /// True if the current function is an outlined SEH helper. This can be a |
| 589 | /// finally block or filter expression. |
| 590 | bool IsOutlinedSEHHelper = false; |
| 591 | |
| 592 | /// True if CodeGen currently emits code inside presereved access index |
| 593 | /// region. |
| 594 | bool IsInPreservedAIRegion = false; |
| 595 | |
| 596 | /// True if the current statement has nomerge attribute. |
| 597 | bool InNoMergeAttributedStmt = false; |
| 598 | |
| 599 | /// True if the current statement has noinline attribute. |
| 600 | bool InNoInlineAttributedStmt = false; |
| 601 | |
| 602 | /// True if the current statement has always_inline attribute. |
| 603 | bool InAlwaysInlineAttributedStmt = false; |
| 604 | |
| 605 | /// True if the current statement has noconvergent attribute. |
| 606 | bool InNoConvergentAttributedStmt = false; |
| 607 | |
| 608 | /// HLSL Branch attribute. |
| 609 | HLSLControlFlowHintAttr::Spelling HLSLControlFlowAttr = |
| 610 | HLSLControlFlowHintAttr::SpellingNotCalculated; |
| 611 | |
| 612 | // The CallExpr within the current statement that the musttail attribute |
| 613 | // applies to. nullptr if there is no 'musttail' on the current statement. |
| 614 | const CallExpr *MustTailCall = nullptr; |
| 615 | |
| 616 | /// Returns true if a function must make progress, which means the |
| 617 | /// mustprogress attribute can be added. |
| 618 | bool checkIfFunctionMustProgress() { |
| 619 | if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().getFiniteLoops() == |
| 620 | CodeGenOptions::FiniteLoopsKind::Never) |
| 621 | return false; |
| 622 | |
| 623 | // C++11 and later guarantees that a thread eventually will do one of the |
| 624 | // following (C++11 [intro.multithread]p24 and C++17 [intro.progress]p1): |
| 625 | // - terminate, |
| 626 | // - make a call to a library I/O function, |
| 627 | // - perform an access through a volatile glvalue, or |
| 628 | // - perform a synchronization operation or an atomic operation. |
| 629 | // |
| 630 | // Hence each function is 'mustprogress' in C++11 or later. |
| 631 | return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; |
| 632 | } |
| 633 | |
| 634 | /// Returns true if a loop must make progress, which means the mustprogress |
| 635 | /// attribute can be added. \p HasConstantCond indicates whether the branch |
| 636 | /// condition is a known constant. |
| 637 | bool checkIfLoopMustProgress(const Expr *, bool HasEmptyBody); |
| 638 | |
| 639 | const CodeGen::CGBlockInfo *BlockInfo = nullptr; |
| 640 | llvm::Value *BlockPointer = nullptr; |
| 641 | |
| 642 | llvm::DenseMap<const ValueDecl *, FieldDecl *> LambdaCaptureFields; |
| 643 | FieldDecl *LambdaThisCaptureField = nullptr; |
| 644 | |
| 645 | /// A mapping from NRVO variables to the flags used to indicate |
| 646 | /// when the NRVO has been applied to this variable. |
| 647 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, llvm::Value *> NRVOFlags; |
| 648 | |
| 649 | EHScopeStack EHStack; |
| 650 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 256> LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack; |
| 651 | |
| 652 | // A stack of cleanups which were added to EHStack but have to be deactivated |
| 653 | // later before being popped or emitted. These are usually deactivated on |
| 654 | // exiting a `CleanupDeactivationScope` scope. For instance, after a |
| 655 | // full-expr. |
| 656 | // |
| 657 | // These are specially useful for correctly emitting cleanups while |
| 658 | // encountering branches out of expression (through stmt-expr or coroutine |
| 659 | // suspensions). |
| 660 | struct DeferredDeactivateCleanup { |
| 661 | EHScopeStack::stable_iterator Cleanup; |
| 662 | llvm::Instruction *DominatingIP; |
| 663 | }; |
| 664 | llvm::SmallVector<DeferredDeactivateCleanup> DeferredDeactivationCleanupStack; |
| 665 | |
| 666 | // Enters a new scope for capturing cleanups which are deferred to be |
| 667 | // deactivated, all of which will be deactivated once the scope is exited. |
| 668 | struct CleanupDeactivationScope { |
| 669 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 670 | size_t OldDeactivateCleanupStackSize; |
| 671 | bool Deactivated; |
| 672 | CleanupDeactivationScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF) |
| 673 | : CGF(CGF), OldDeactivateCleanupStackSize( |
| 674 | CGF.DeferredDeactivationCleanupStack.size()), |
| 675 | Deactivated(false) {} |
| 676 | |
| 677 | void ForceDeactivate() { |
| 678 | assert(!Deactivated && "Deactivating already deactivated scope" ); |
| 679 | auto &Stack = CGF.DeferredDeactivationCleanupStack; |
| 680 | for (size_t I = Stack.size(); I > OldDeactivateCleanupStackSize; I--) { |
| 681 | CGF.DeactivateCleanupBlock(Cleanup: Stack[I - 1].Cleanup, |
| 682 | DominatingIP: Stack[I - 1].DominatingIP); |
| 683 | Stack[I - 1].DominatingIP->eraseFromParent(); |
| 684 | } |
| 685 | Stack.resize(N: OldDeactivateCleanupStackSize); |
| 686 | Deactivated = true; |
| 687 | } |
| 688 | |
| 689 | ~CleanupDeactivationScope() { |
| 690 | if (Deactivated) |
| 691 | return; |
| 692 | ForceDeactivate(); |
| 693 | } |
| 694 | }; |
| 695 | |
| 696 | llvm::SmallVector<const JumpDest *, 2> SEHTryEpilogueStack; |
| 697 | |
| 698 | llvm::Instruction *CurrentFuncletPad = nullptr; |
| 699 | |
| 700 | class CallLifetimeEnd final : public EHScopeStack::Cleanup { |
| 701 | bool isRedundantBeforeReturn() override { return true; } |
| 702 | |
| 703 | llvm::Value *Addr; |
| 704 | llvm::Value *Size; |
| 705 | |
| 706 | public: |
| 707 | CallLifetimeEnd(RawAddress addr, llvm::Value *size) |
| 708 | : Addr(addr.getPointer()), Size(size) {} |
| 709 | |
| 710 | void Emit(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Flags flags) override { |
| 711 | CGF.EmitLifetimeEnd(Size, Addr); |
| 712 | } |
| 713 | }; |
| 714 | |
| 715 | // We are using objects of this 'cleanup' class to emit fake.use calls |
| 716 | // for -fextend-variable-liveness. They are placed at the end of a variable's |
| 717 | // scope analogous to lifetime markers. |
| 718 | class FakeUse final : public EHScopeStack::Cleanup { |
| 719 | Address Addr; |
| 720 | |
| 721 | public: |
| 722 | FakeUse(Address addr) : Addr(addr) {} |
| 723 | |
| 724 | void Emit(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Flags flags) override { |
| 725 | CGF.EmitFakeUse(Addr); |
| 726 | } |
| 727 | }; |
| 728 | |
| 729 | /// Header for data within LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack. |
| 730 | struct { |
| 731 | /// The size of the following cleanup object. |
| 732 | unsigned ; |
| 733 | /// The kind of cleanup to push. |
| 734 | LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(CleanupKind) |
| 735 | unsigned : 31; |
| 736 | /// Whether this is a conditional cleanup. |
| 737 | LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool) |
| 738 | unsigned : 1; |
| 739 | |
| 740 | size_t () const { return Size; } |
| 741 | CleanupKind () const { return (CleanupKind)Kind; } |
| 742 | bool () const { return IsConditional; } |
| 743 | }; |
| 744 | |
| 745 | /// i32s containing the indexes of the cleanup destinations. |
| 746 | RawAddress NormalCleanupDest = RawAddress::invalid(); |
| 747 | |
| 748 | unsigned NextCleanupDestIndex = 1; |
| 749 | |
| 750 | /// EHResumeBlock - Unified block containing a call to llvm.eh.resume. |
| 751 | llvm::BasicBlock *EHResumeBlock = nullptr; |
| 752 | |
| 753 | /// The exception slot. All landing pads write the current exception pointer |
| 754 | /// into this alloca. |
| 755 | llvm::Value *ExceptionSlot = nullptr; |
| 756 | |
| 757 | /// The selector slot. Under the MandatoryCleanup model, all landing pads |
| 758 | /// write the current selector value into this alloca. |
| 759 | llvm::AllocaInst *EHSelectorSlot = nullptr; |
| 760 | |
| 761 | /// A stack of exception code slots. Entering an __except block pushes a slot |
| 762 | /// on the stack and leaving pops one. The __exception_code() intrinsic loads |
| 763 | /// a value from the top of the stack. |
| 764 | SmallVector<Address, 1> SEHCodeSlotStack; |
| 765 | |
| 766 | /// Value returned by __exception_info intrinsic. |
| 767 | llvm::Value *SEHInfo = nullptr; |
| 768 | |
| 769 | /// Emits a landing pad for the current EH stack. |
| 770 | llvm::BasicBlock *EmitLandingPad(); |
| 771 | |
| 772 | llvm::BasicBlock *getInvokeDestImpl(); |
| 773 | |
| 774 | /// Parent loop-based directive for scan directive. |
| 775 | const OMPExecutableDirective *OMPParentLoopDirectiveForScan = nullptr; |
| 776 | llvm::BasicBlock *OMPBeforeScanBlock = nullptr; |
| 777 | llvm::BasicBlock *OMPAfterScanBlock = nullptr; |
| 778 | llvm::BasicBlock *OMPScanExitBlock = nullptr; |
| 779 | llvm::BasicBlock *OMPScanDispatch = nullptr; |
| 780 | bool OMPFirstScanLoop = false; |
| 781 | |
| 782 | /// Manages parent directive for scan directives. |
| 783 | class ParentLoopDirectiveForScanRegion { |
| 784 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 785 | const OMPExecutableDirective *ParentLoopDirectiveForScan; |
| 786 | |
| 787 | public: |
| 788 | ParentLoopDirectiveForScanRegion( |
| 789 | CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 790 | const OMPExecutableDirective &ParentLoopDirectiveForScan) |
| 791 | : CGF(CGF), |
| 792 | ParentLoopDirectiveForScan(CGF.OMPParentLoopDirectiveForScan) { |
| 793 | CGF.OMPParentLoopDirectiveForScan = &ParentLoopDirectiveForScan; |
| 794 | } |
| 795 | ~ParentLoopDirectiveForScanRegion() { |
| 796 | CGF.OMPParentLoopDirectiveForScan = ParentLoopDirectiveForScan; |
| 797 | } |
| 798 | }; |
| 799 | |
| 800 | template <class T> |
| 801 | typename DominatingValue<T>::saved_type saveValueInCond(T value) { |
| 802 | return DominatingValue<T>::save(*this, value); |
| 803 | } |
| 804 | |
| 805 | class CGFPOptionsRAII { |
| 806 | public: |
| 807 | CGFPOptionsRAII(CodeGenFunction &CGF, FPOptions FPFeatures); |
| 808 | CGFPOptionsRAII(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const Expr *E); |
| 809 | ~CGFPOptionsRAII(); |
| 810 | |
| 811 | private: |
| 812 | void ConstructorHelper(FPOptions FPFeatures); |
| 813 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 814 | FPOptions OldFPFeatures; |
| 815 | llvm::fp::ExceptionBehavior OldExcept; |
| 816 | llvm::RoundingMode OldRounding; |
| 817 | std::optional<CGBuilderTy::FastMathFlagGuard> FMFGuard; |
| 818 | }; |
| 819 | FPOptions CurFPFeatures; |
| 820 | |
| 821 | class CGAtomicOptionsRAII { |
| 822 | public: |
| 823 | CGAtomicOptionsRAII(CodeGenModule &CGM_, AtomicOptions AO) |
| 824 | : CGM(CGM_), SavedAtomicOpts(CGM.getAtomicOpts()) { |
| 825 | CGM.setAtomicOpts(AO); |
| 826 | } |
| 827 | CGAtomicOptionsRAII(CodeGenModule &CGM_, const AtomicAttr *AA) |
| 828 | : CGM(CGM_), SavedAtomicOpts(CGM.getAtomicOpts()) { |
| 829 | if (!AA) |
| 830 | return; |
| 831 | AtomicOptions AO = SavedAtomicOpts; |
| 832 | for (auto Option : AA->atomicOptions()) { |
| 833 | switch (Option) { |
| 834 | case AtomicAttr::remote_memory: |
| 835 | AO.remote_memory = true; |
| 836 | break; |
| 837 | case AtomicAttr::no_remote_memory: |
| 838 | AO.remote_memory = false; |
| 839 | break; |
| 840 | case AtomicAttr::fine_grained_memory: |
| 841 | AO.fine_grained_memory = true; |
| 842 | break; |
| 843 | case AtomicAttr::no_fine_grained_memory: |
| 844 | AO.fine_grained_memory = false; |
| 845 | break; |
| 846 | case AtomicAttr::ignore_denormal_mode: |
| 847 | AO.ignore_denormal_mode = true; |
| 848 | break; |
| 849 | case AtomicAttr::no_ignore_denormal_mode: |
| 850 | AO.ignore_denormal_mode = false; |
| 851 | break; |
| 852 | } |
| 853 | } |
| 854 | CGM.setAtomicOpts(AO); |
| 855 | } |
| 856 | |
| 857 | CGAtomicOptionsRAII(const CGAtomicOptionsRAII &) = delete; |
| 858 | CGAtomicOptionsRAII &operator=(const CGAtomicOptionsRAII &) = delete; |
| 859 | ~CGAtomicOptionsRAII() { CGM.setAtomicOpts(SavedAtomicOpts); } |
| 860 | |
| 861 | private: |
| 862 | CodeGenModule &CGM; |
| 863 | AtomicOptions SavedAtomicOpts; |
| 864 | }; |
| 865 | |
| 866 | public: |
| 867 | /// ObjCEHValueStack - Stack of Objective-C exception values, used for |
| 868 | /// rethrows. |
| 869 | SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 8> ObjCEHValueStack; |
| 870 | |
| 871 | /// A class controlling the emission of a finally block. |
| 872 | class FinallyInfo { |
| 873 | /// Where the catchall's edge through the cleanup should go. |
| 874 | JumpDest RethrowDest; |
| 875 | |
| 876 | /// A function to call to enter the catch. |
| 877 | llvm::FunctionCallee BeginCatchFn; |
| 878 | |
| 879 | /// An i1 variable indicating whether or not the @finally is |
| 880 | /// running for an exception. |
| 881 | llvm::AllocaInst *ForEHVar = nullptr; |
| 882 | |
| 883 | /// An i8* variable into which the exception pointer to rethrow |
| 884 | /// has been saved. |
| 885 | llvm::AllocaInst *SavedExnVar = nullptr; |
| 886 | |
| 887 | public: |
| 888 | void enter(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const Stmt *Finally, |
| 889 | llvm::FunctionCallee beginCatchFn, |
| 890 | llvm::FunctionCallee endCatchFn, llvm::FunctionCallee rethrowFn); |
| 891 | void exit(CodeGenFunction &CGF); |
| 892 | }; |
| 893 | |
| 894 | /// Returns true inside SEH __try blocks. |
| 895 | bool isSEHTryScope() const { return !SEHTryEpilogueStack.empty(); } |
| 896 | |
| 897 | /// Returns true while emitting a cleanuppad. |
| 898 | bool isCleanupPadScope() const { |
| 899 | return CurrentFuncletPad && isa<llvm::CleanupPadInst>(Val: CurrentFuncletPad); |
| 900 | } |
| 901 | |
| 902 | /// pushFullExprCleanup - Push a cleanup to be run at the end of the |
| 903 | /// current full-expression. Safe against the possibility that |
| 904 | /// we're currently inside a conditionally-evaluated expression. |
| 905 | template <class T, class... As> |
| 906 | void pushFullExprCleanup(CleanupKind kind, As... A) { |
| 907 | // If we're not in a conditional branch, or if none of the |
| 908 | // arguments requires saving, then use the unconditional cleanup. |
| 909 | if (!isInConditionalBranch()) |
| 910 | return EHStack.pushCleanup<T>(kind, A...); |
| 911 | |
| 912 | // Stash values in a tuple so we can guarantee the order of saves. |
| 913 | typedef std::tuple<typename DominatingValue<As>::saved_type...> SavedTuple; |
| 914 | SavedTuple Saved{saveValueInCond(A)...}; |
| 915 | |
| 916 | typedef EHScopeStack::ConditionalCleanup<T, As...> CleanupType; |
| 917 | EHStack.pushCleanupTuple<CleanupType>(kind, Saved); |
| 918 | initFullExprCleanup(); |
| 919 | } |
| 920 | |
| 921 | /// Queue a cleanup to be pushed after finishing the current full-expression, |
| 922 | /// potentially with an active flag. |
| 923 | template <class T, class... As> |
| 924 | void pushCleanupAfterFullExpr(CleanupKind Kind, As... A) { |
| 925 | if (!isInConditionalBranch()) |
| 926 | return pushCleanupAfterFullExprWithActiveFlag<T>( |
| 927 | Kind, RawAddress::invalid(), A...); |
| 928 | |
| 929 | RawAddress ActiveFlag = createCleanupActiveFlag(); |
| 930 | assert(!DominatingValue<Address>::needsSaving(ActiveFlag) && |
| 931 | "cleanup active flag should never need saving" ); |
| 932 | |
| 933 | typedef std::tuple<typename DominatingValue<As>::saved_type...> SavedTuple; |
| 934 | SavedTuple Saved{saveValueInCond(A)...}; |
| 935 | |
| 936 | typedef EHScopeStack::ConditionalCleanup<T, As...> CleanupType; |
| 937 | pushCleanupAfterFullExprWithActiveFlag<CleanupType>(Kind, ActiveFlag, |
| 938 | Saved); |
| 939 | } |
| 940 | |
| 941 | template <class T, class... As> |
| 942 | void pushCleanupAfterFullExprWithActiveFlag(CleanupKind Kind, |
| 943 | RawAddress ActiveFlag, As... A) { |
| 944 | LifetimeExtendedCleanupHeader = {.Size: sizeof(T), .Kind: Kind, |
| 945 | .IsConditional: ActiveFlag.isValid()}; |
| 946 | |
| 947 | size_t OldSize = LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack.size(); |
| 948 | LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack.resize( |
| 949 | N: LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack.size() + sizeof(Header) + Header.Size + |
| 950 | (Header.IsConditional ? sizeof(ActiveFlag) : 0)); |
| 951 | |
| 952 | static_assert(sizeof(Header) % alignof(T) == 0, |
| 953 | "Cleanup will be allocated on misaligned address" ); |
| 954 | char *Buffer = &LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack[OldSize]; |
| 955 | new (Buffer) LifetimeExtendedCleanupHeader(Header); |
| 956 | new (Buffer + sizeof(Header)) T(A...); |
| 957 | if (Header.IsConditional) |
| 958 | new (Buffer + sizeof(Header) + sizeof(T)) RawAddress(ActiveFlag); |
| 959 | } |
| 960 | |
| 961 | // Push a cleanup onto EHStack and deactivate it later. It is usually |
| 962 | // deactivated when exiting a `CleanupDeactivationScope` (for example: after a |
| 963 | // full expression). |
| 964 | template <class T, class... As> |
| 965 | void pushCleanupAndDeferDeactivation(CleanupKind Kind, As... A) { |
| 966 | // Placeholder dominating IP for this cleanup. |
| 967 | llvm::Instruction *DominatingIP = |
| 968 | Builder.CreateFlagLoad(Addr: llvm::Constant::getNullValue(Ty: Int8PtrTy)); |
| 969 | EHStack.pushCleanup<T>(Kind, A...); |
| 970 | DeferredDeactivationCleanupStack.push_back( |
| 971 | Elt: {.Cleanup: EHStack.stable_begin(), .DominatingIP: DominatingIP}); |
| 972 | } |
| 973 | |
| 974 | /// Set up the last cleanup that was pushed as a conditional |
| 975 | /// full-expression cleanup. |
| 976 | void initFullExprCleanup() { |
| 977 | initFullExprCleanupWithFlag(ActiveFlag: createCleanupActiveFlag()); |
| 978 | } |
| 979 | |
| 980 | void initFullExprCleanupWithFlag(RawAddress ActiveFlag); |
| 981 | RawAddress createCleanupActiveFlag(); |
| 982 | |
| 983 | /// PushDestructorCleanup - Push a cleanup to call the |
| 984 | /// complete-object destructor of an object of the given type at the |
| 985 | /// given address. Does nothing if T is not a C++ class type with a |
| 986 | /// non-trivial destructor. |
| 987 | void PushDestructorCleanup(QualType T, Address Addr); |
| 988 | |
| 989 | /// PushDestructorCleanup - Push a cleanup to call the |
| 990 | /// complete-object variant of the given destructor on the object at |
| 991 | /// the given address. |
| 992 | void PushDestructorCleanup(const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, QualType T, |
| 993 | Address Addr); |
| 994 | |
| 995 | /// PopCleanupBlock - Will pop the cleanup entry on the stack and |
| 996 | /// process all branch fixups. |
| 997 | void PopCleanupBlock(bool FallThroughIsBranchThrough = false, |
| 998 | bool ForDeactivation = false); |
| 999 | |
| 1000 | /// DeactivateCleanupBlock - Deactivates the given cleanup block. |
| 1001 | /// The block cannot be reactivated. Pops it if it's the top of the |
| 1002 | /// stack. |
| 1003 | /// |
| 1004 | /// \param DominatingIP - An instruction which is known to |
| 1005 | /// dominate the current IP (if set) and which lies along |
| 1006 | /// all paths of execution between the current IP and the |
| 1007 | /// the point at which the cleanup comes into scope. |
| 1008 | void DeactivateCleanupBlock(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator Cleanup, |
| 1009 | llvm::Instruction *DominatingIP); |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 | /// ActivateCleanupBlock - Activates an initially-inactive cleanup. |
| 1012 | /// Cannot be used to resurrect a deactivated cleanup. |
| 1013 | /// |
| 1014 | /// \param DominatingIP - An instruction which is known to |
| 1015 | /// dominate the current IP (if set) and which lies along |
| 1016 | /// all paths of execution between the current IP and the |
| 1017 | /// the point at which the cleanup comes into scope. |
| 1018 | void ActivateCleanupBlock(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator Cleanup, |
| 1019 | llvm::Instruction *DominatingIP); |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | /// Enters a new scope for capturing cleanups, all of which |
| 1022 | /// will be executed once the scope is exited. |
| 1023 | class RunCleanupsScope { |
| 1024 | EHScopeStack::stable_iterator CleanupStackDepth, OldCleanupScopeDepth; |
| 1025 | size_t LifetimeExtendedCleanupStackSize; |
| 1026 | CleanupDeactivationScope DeactivateCleanups; |
| 1027 | bool OldDidCallStackSave; |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | protected: |
| 1030 | bool PerformCleanup; |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | private: |
| 1033 | RunCleanupsScope(const RunCleanupsScope &) = delete; |
| 1034 | void operator=(const RunCleanupsScope &) = delete; |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | protected: |
| 1037 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | public: |
| 1040 | /// Enter a new cleanup scope. |
| 1041 | explicit RunCleanupsScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF) |
| 1042 | : DeactivateCleanups(CGF), PerformCleanup(true), CGF(CGF) { |
| 1043 | CleanupStackDepth = CGF.EHStack.stable_begin(); |
| 1044 | LifetimeExtendedCleanupStackSize = |
| 1045 | CGF.LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack.size(); |
| 1046 | OldDidCallStackSave = CGF.DidCallStackSave; |
| 1047 | CGF.DidCallStackSave = false; |
| 1048 | OldCleanupScopeDepth = CGF.CurrentCleanupScopeDepth; |
| 1049 | CGF.CurrentCleanupScopeDepth = CleanupStackDepth; |
| 1050 | } |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | /// Exit this cleanup scope, emitting any accumulated cleanups. |
| 1053 | ~RunCleanupsScope() { |
| 1054 | if (PerformCleanup) |
| 1055 | ForceCleanup(); |
| 1056 | } |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 | /// Determine whether this scope requires any cleanups. |
| 1059 | bool requiresCleanups() const { |
| 1060 | return CGF.EHStack.stable_begin() != CleanupStackDepth; |
| 1061 | } |
| 1062 | |
| 1063 | /// Force the emission of cleanups now, instead of waiting |
| 1064 | /// until this object is destroyed. |
| 1065 | /// \param ValuesToReload - A list of values that need to be available at |
| 1066 | /// the insertion point after cleanup emission. If cleanup emission created |
| 1067 | /// a shared cleanup block, these value pointers will be rewritten. |
| 1068 | /// Otherwise, they not will be modified. |
| 1069 | void |
| 1070 | ForceCleanup(std::initializer_list<llvm::Value **> ValuesToReload = {}) { |
| 1071 | assert(PerformCleanup && "Already forced cleanup" ); |
| 1072 | CGF.DidCallStackSave = OldDidCallStackSave; |
| 1073 | DeactivateCleanups.ForceDeactivate(); |
| 1074 | CGF.PopCleanupBlocks(OldCleanupStackSize: CleanupStackDepth, OldLifetimeExtendedStackSize: LifetimeExtendedCleanupStackSize, |
| 1075 | ValuesToReload); |
| 1076 | PerformCleanup = false; |
| 1077 | CGF.CurrentCleanupScopeDepth = OldCleanupScopeDepth; |
| 1078 | } |
| 1079 | }; |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | // Cleanup stack depth of the RunCleanupsScope that was pushed most recently. |
| 1082 | EHScopeStack::stable_iterator CurrentCleanupScopeDepth = |
| 1083 | EHScopeStack::stable_end(); |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 | class LexicalScope : public RunCleanupsScope { |
| 1086 | SourceRange Range; |
| 1087 | SmallVector<const LabelDecl *, 4> Labels; |
| 1088 | LexicalScope *ParentScope; |
| 1089 | |
| 1090 | LexicalScope(const LexicalScope &) = delete; |
| 1091 | void operator=(const LexicalScope &) = delete; |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 | public: |
| 1094 | /// Enter a new cleanup scope. |
| 1095 | explicit LexicalScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF, SourceRange Range); |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 | void addLabel(const LabelDecl *label) { |
| 1098 | assert(PerformCleanup && "adding label to dead scope?" ); |
| 1099 | Labels.push_back(Elt: label); |
| 1100 | } |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | /// Exit this cleanup scope, emitting any accumulated |
| 1103 | /// cleanups. |
| 1104 | ~LexicalScope(); |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | /// Force the emission of cleanups now, instead of waiting |
| 1107 | /// until this object is destroyed. |
| 1108 | void ForceCleanup() { |
| 1109 | CGF.CurLexicalScope = ParentScope; |
| 1110 | RunCleanupsScope::ForceCleanup(); |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 | if (!Labels.empty()) |
| 1113 | rescopeLabels(); |
| 1114 | } |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | bool hasLabels() const { return !Labels.empty(); } |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | void rescopeLabels(); |
| 1119 | }; |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, Address> DeclMapTy; |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | /// The class used to assign some variables some temporarily addresses. |
| 1124 | class OMPMapVars { |
| 1125 | DeclMapTy SavedLocals; |
| 1126 | DeclMapTy SavedTempAddresses; |
| 1127 | OMPMapVars(const OMPMapVars &) = delete; |
| 1128 | void operator=(const OMPMapVars &) = delete; |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | public: |
| 1131 | explicit OMPMapVars() = default; |
| 1132 | ~OMPMapVars() { |
| 1133 | assert(SavedLocals.empty() && "Did not restored original addresses." ); |
| 1134 | }; |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | /// Sets the address of the variable \p LocalVD to be \p TempAddr in |
| 1137 | /// function \p CGF. |
| 1138 | /// \return true if at least one variable was set already, false otherwise. |
| 1139 | bool setVarAddr(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const VarDecl *LocalVD, |
| 1140 | Address TempAddr) { |
| 1141 | LocalVD = LocalVD->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 1142 | // Only save it once. |
| 1143 | if (SavedLocals.count(Val: LocalVD)) |
| 1144 | return false; |
| 1145 | |
| 1146 | // Copy the existing local entry to SavedLocals. |
| 1147 | auto it = CGF.LocalDeclMap.find(Val: LocalVD); |
| 1148 | if (it != CGF.LocalDeclMap.end()) |
| 1149 | SavedLocals.try_emplace(Key: LocalVD, Args&: it->second); |
| 1150 | else |
| 1151 | SavedLocals.try_emplace(Key: LocalVD, Args: Address::invalid()); |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | // Generate the private entry. |
| 1154 | QualType VarTy = LocalVD->getType(); |
| 1155 | if (VarTy->isReferenceType()) { |
| 1156 | Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(T: VarTy); |
| 1157 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Val: TempAddr.emitRawPointer(CGF), Addr: Temp); |
| 1158 | TempAddr = Temp; |
| 1159 | } |
| 1160 | SavedTempAddresses.try_emplace(Key: LocalVD, Args&: TempAddr); |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | return true; |
| 1163 | } |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | /// Applies new addresses to the list of the variables. |
| 1166 | /// \return true if at least one variable is using new address, false |
| 1167 | /// otherwise. |
| 1168 | bool apply(CodeGenFunction &CGF) { |
| 1169 | copyInto(Src: SavedTempAddresses, Dest&: CGF.LocalDeclMap); |
| 1170 | SavedTempAddresses.clear(); |
| 1171 | return !SavedLocals.empty(); |
| 1172 | } |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | /// Restores original addresses of the variables. |
| 1175 | void restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF) { |
| 1176 | if (!SavedLocals.empty()) { |
| 1177 | copyInto(Src: SavedLocals, Dest&: CGF.LocalDeclMap); |
| 1178 | SavedLocals.clear(); |
| 1179 | } |
| 1180 | } |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | private: |
| 1183 | /// Copy all the entries in the source map over the corresponding |
| 1184 | /// entries in the destination, which must exist. |
| 1185 | static void copyInto(const DeclMapTy &Src, DeclMapTy &Dest) { |
| 1186 | for (auto &[Decl, Addr] : Src) { |
| 1187 | if (!Addr.isValid()) |
| 1188 | Dest.erase(Val: Decl); |
| 1189 | else |
| 1190 | Dest.insert_or_assign(Key: Decl, Val: Addr); |
| 1191 | } |
| 1192 | } |
| 1193 | }; |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | /// The scope used to remap some variables as private in the OpenMP loop body |
| 1196 | /// (or other captured region emitted without outlining), and to restore old |
| 1197 | /// vars back on exit. |
| 1198 | class OMPPrivateScope : public RunCleanupsScope { |
| 1199 | OMPMapVars MappedVars; |
| 1200 | OMPPrivateScope(const OMPPrivateScope &) = delete; |
| 1201 | void operator=(const OMPPrivateScope &) = delete; |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | public: |
| 1204 | /// Enter a new OpenMP private scope. |
| 1205 | explicit OMPPrivateScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF) : RunCleanupsScope(CGF) {} |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 | /// Registers \p LocalVD variable as a private with \p Addr as the address |
| 1208 | /// of the corresponding private variable. \p |
| 1209 | /// PrivateGen is the address of the generated private variable. |
| 1210 | /// \return true if the variable is registered as private, false if it has |
| 1211 | /// been privatized already. |
| 1212 | bool addPrivate(const VarDecl *LocalVD, Address Addr) { |
| 1213 | assert(PerformCleanup && "adding private to dead scope" ); |
| 1214 | return MappedVars.setVarAddr(CGF, LocalVD, TempAddr: Addr); |
| 1215 | } |
| 1216 | |
| 1217 | /// Privatizes local variables previously registered as private. |
| 1218 | /// Registration is separate from the actual privatization to allow |
| 1219 | /// initializers use values of the original variables, not the private one. |
| 1220 | /// This is important, for example, if the private variable is a class |
| 1221 | /// variable initialized by a constructor that references other private |
| 1222 | /// variables. But at initialization original variables must be used, not |
| 1223 | /// private copies. |
| 1224 | /// \return true if at least one variable was privatized, false otherwise. |
| 1225 | bool Privatize() { return MappedVars.apply(CGF); } |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | void ForceCleanup() { |
| 1228 | RunCleanupsScope::ForceCleanup(); |
| 1229 | restoreMap(); |
| 1230 | } |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 | /// Exit scope - all the mapped variables are restored. |
| 1233 | ~OMPPrivateScope() { |
| 1234 | if (PerformCleanup) |
| 1235 | ForceCleanup(); |
| 1236 | } |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 | /// Checks if the global variable is captured in current function. |
| 1239 | bool isGlobalVarCaptured(const VarDecl *VD) const { |
| 1240 | VD = VD->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 1241 | return !VD->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && CGF.LocalDeclMap.count(Val: VD) > 0; |
| 1242 | } |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 | /// Restore all mapped variables w/o clean up. This is usefully when we want |
| 1245 | /// to reference the original variables but don't want the clean up because |
| 1246 | /// that could emit lifetime end too early, causing backend issue #56913. |
| 1247 | void restoreMap() { MappedVars.restore(CGF); } |
| 1248 | }; |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 | /// Save/restore original map of previously emitted local vars in case when we |
| 1251 | /// need to duplicate emission of the same code several times in the same |
| 1252 | /// function for OpenMP code. |
| 1253 | class OMPLocalDeclMapRAII { |
| 1254 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 1255 | DeclMapTy SavedMap; |
| 1256 | |
| 1257 | public: |
| 1258 | OMPLocalDeclMapRAII(CodeGenFunction &CGF) |
| 1259 | : CGF(CGF), SavedMap(CGF.LocalDeclMap) {} |
| 1260 | ~OMPLocalDeclMapRAII() { SavedMap.swap(RHS&: CGF.LocalDeclMap); } |
| 1261 | }; |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 | /// Takes the old cleanup stack size and emits the cleanup blocks |
| 1264 | /// that have been added. |
| 1265 | void |
| 1266 | PopCleanupBlocks(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator OldCleanupStackSize, |
| 1267 | std::initializer_list<llvm::Value **> ValuesToReload = {}); |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 | /// Takes the old cleanup stack size and emits the cleanup blocks |
| 1270 | /// that have been added, then adds all lifetime-extended cleanups from |
| 1271 | /// the given position to the stack. |
| 1272 | void |
| 1273 | PopCleanupBlocks(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator OldCleanupStackSize, |
| 1274 | size_t OldLifetimeExtendedStackSize, |
| 1275 | std::initializer_list<llvm::Value **> ValuesToReload = {}); |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | void ResolveBranchFixups(llvm::BasicBlock *Target); |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | /// The given basic block lies in the current EH scope, but may be a |
| 1280 | /// target of a potentially scope-crossing jump; get a stable handle |
| 1281 | /// to which we can perform this jump later. |
| 1282 | JumpDest getJumpDestInCurrentScope(llvm::BasicBlock *Target) { |
| 1283 | return JumpDest(Target, EHStack.getInnermostNormalCleanup(), |
| 1284 | NextCleanupDestIndex++); |
| 1285 | } |
| 1286 | |
| 1287 | /// The given basic block lies in the current EH scope, but may be a |
| 1288 | /// target of a potentially scope-crossing jump; get a stable handle |
| 1289 | /// to which we can perform this jump later. |
| 1290 | JumpDest getJumpDestInCurrentScope(StringRef Name = StringRef()) { |
| 1291 | return getJumpDestInCurrentScope(Target: createBasicBlock(name: Name)); |
| 1292 | } |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 | /// EmitBranchThroughCleanup - Emit a branch from the current insert |
| 1295 | /// block through the normal cleanup handling code (if any) and then |
| 1296 | /// on to \arg Dest. |
| 1297 | void EmitBranchThroughCleanup(JumpDest Dest); |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | /// isObviouslyBranchWithoutCleanups - Return true if a branch to the |
| 1300 | /// specified destination obviously has no cleanups to run. 'false' is always |
| 1301 | /// a conservatively correct answer for this method. |
| 1302 | bool isObviouslyBranchWithoutCleanups(JumpDest Dest) const; |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | /// popCatchScope - Pops the catch scope at the top of the EHScope |
| 1305 | /// stack, emitting any required code (other than the catch handlers |
| 1306 | /// themselves). |
| 1307 | void popCatchScope(); |
| 1308 | |
| 1309 | llvm::BasicBlock *getEHResumeBlock(bool isCleanup); |
| 1310 | llvm::BasicBlock *getEHDispatchBlock(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator scope); |
| 1311 | llvm::BasicBlock * |
| 1312 | getFuncletEHDispatchBlock(EHScopeStack::stable_iterator scope); |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | /// An object to manage conditionally-evaluated expressions. |
| 1315 | class ConditionalEvaluation { |
| 1316 | llvm::BasicBlock *StartBB; |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | public: |
| 1319 | ConditionalEvaluation(CodeGenFunction &CGF) |
| 1320 | : StartBB(CGF.Builder.GetInsertBlock()) {} |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | void begin(CodeGenFunction &CGF) { |
| 1323 | assert(CGF.OutermostConditional != this); |
| 1324 | if (!CGF.OutermostConditional) |
| 1325 | CGF.OutermostConditional = this; |
| 1326 | } |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | void end(CodeGenFunction &CGF) { |
| 1329 | assert(CGF.OutermostConditional != nullptr); |
| 1330 | if (CGF.OutermostConditional == this) |
| 1331 | CGF.OutermostConditional = nullptr; |
| 1332 | } |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 | /// Returns a block which will be executed prior to each |
| 1335 | /// evaluation of the conditional code. |
| 1336 | llvm::BasicBlock *getStartingBlock() const { return StartBB; } |
| 1337 | }; |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 | /// isInConditionalBranch - Return true if we're currently emitting |
| 1340 | /// one branch or the other of a conditional expression. |
| 1341 | bool isInConditionalBranch() const { return OutermostConditional != nullptr; } |
| 1342 | |
| 1343 | void setBeforeOutermostConditional(llvm::Value *value, Address addr, |
| 1344 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) { |
| 1345 | assert(isInConditionalBranch()); |
| 1346 | llvm::BasicBlock *block = OutermostConditional->getStartingBlock(); |
| 1347 | auto store = new llvm::StoreInst(value, addr.emitRawPointer(CGF), |
| 1348 | block->back().getIterator()); |
| 1349 | store->setAlignment(addr.getAlignment().getAsAlign()); |
| 1350 | } |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | /// An RAII object to record that we're evaluating a statement |
| 1353 | /// expression. |
| 1354 | class StmtExprEvaluation { |
| 1355 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 | /// We have to save the outermost conditional: cleanups in a |
| 1358 | /// statement expression aren't conditional just because the |
| 1359 | /// StmtExpr is. |
| 1360 | ConditionalEvaluation *SavedOutermostConditional; |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | public: |
| 1363 | StmtExprEvaluation(CodeGenFunction &CGF) |
| 1364 | : CGF(CGF), SavedOutermostConditional(CGF.OutermostConditional) { |
| 1365 | CGF.OutermostConditional = nullptr; |
| 1366 | } |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 | ~StmtExprEvaluation() { |
| 1369 | CGF.OutermostConditional = SavedOutermostConditional; |
| 1370 | CGF.EnsureInsertPoint(); |
| 1371 | } |
| 1372 | }; |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | /// An object which temporarily prevents a value from being |
| 1375 | /// destroyed by aggressive peephole optimizations that assume that |
| 1376 | /// all uses of a value have been realized in the IR. |
| 1377 | class PeepholeProtection { |
| 1378 | llvm::Instruction *Inst = nullptr; |
| 1379 | friend class CodeGenFunction; |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 | public: |
| 1382 | PeepholeProtection() = default; |
| 1383 | }; |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | /// A non-RAII class containing all the information about a bound |
| 1386 | /// opaque value. OpaqueValueMapping, below, is a RAII wrapper for |
| 1387 | /// this which makes individual mappings very simple; using this |
| 1388 | /// class directly is useful when you have a variable number of |
| 1389 | /// opaque values or don't want the RAII functionality for some |
| 1390 | /// reason. |
| 1391 | class OpaqueValueMappingData { |
| 1392 | const OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue; |
| 1393 | bool BoundLValue; |
| 1394 | CodeGenFunction::PeepholeProtection Protection; |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | OpaqueValueMappingData(const OpaqueValueExpr *ov, bool boundLValue) |
| 1397 | : OpaqueValue(ov), BoundLValue(boundLValue) {} |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | public: |
| 1400 | OpaqueValueMappingData() : OpaqueValue(nullptr) {} |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 | static bool shouldBindAsLValue(const Expr *expr) { |
| 1403 | // gl-values should be bound as l-values for obvious reasons. |
| 1404 | // Records should be bound as l-values because IR generation |
| 1405 | // always keeps them in memory. Expressions of function type |
| 1406 | // act exactly like l-values but are formally required to be |
| 1407 | // r-values in C. |
| 1408 | return expr->isGLValue() || expr->getType()->isFunctionType() || |
| 1409 | hasAggregateEvaluationKind(T: expr->getType()); |
| 1410 | } |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | static OpaqueValueMappingData |
| 1413 | bind(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const OpaqueValueExpr *ov, const Expr *e) { |
| 1414 | if (shouldBindAsLValue(expr: ov)) |
| 1415 | return bind(CGF, ov, lv: CGF.EmitLValue(E: e)); |
| 1416 | return bind(CGF, ov, rv: CGF.EmitAnyExpr(E: e)); |
| 1417 | } |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | static OpaqueValueMappingData |
| 1420 | bind(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const OpaqueValueExpr *ov, const LValue &lv) { |
| 1421 | assert(shouldBindAsLValue(ov)); |
| 1422 | CGF.OpaqueLValues.insert(KV: std::make_pair(x&: ov, y: lv)); |
| 1423 | return OpaqueValueMappingData(ov, true); |
| 1424 | } |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | static OpaqueValueMappingData |
| 1427 | bind(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const OpaqueValueExpr *ov, const RValue &rv) { |
| 1428 | assert(!shouldBindAsLValue(ov)); |
| 1429 | CGF.OpaqueRValues.insert(KV: std::make_pair(x&: ov, y: rv)); |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | OpaqueValueMappingData data(ov, false); |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | // Work around an extremely aggressive peephole optimization in |
| 1434 | // EmitScalarConversion which assumes that all other uses of a |
| 1435 | // value are extant. |
| 1436 | data.Protection = CGF.protectFromPeepholes(rvalue: rv); |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | return data; |
| 1439 | } |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 | bool isValid() const { return OpaqueValue != nullptr; } |
| 1442 | void clear() { OpaqueValue = nullptr; } |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | void unbind(CodeGenFunction &CGF) { |
| 1445 | assert(OpaqueValue && "no data to unbind!" ); |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 | if (BoundLValue) { |
| 1448 | CGF.OpaqueLValues.erase(Val: OpaqueValue); |
| 1449 | } else { |
| 1450 | CGF.OpaqueRValues.erase(Val: OpaqueValue); |
| 1451 | CGF.unprotectFromPeepholes(protection: Protection); |
| 1452 | } |
| 1453 | } |
| 1454 | }; |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | /// An RAII object to set (and then clear) a mapping for an OpaqueValueExpr. |
| 1457 | class OpaqueValueMapping { |
| 1458 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 1459 | OpaqueValueMappingData Data; |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | public: |
| 1462 | static bool shouldBindAsLValue(const Expr *expr) { |
| 1463 | return OpaqueValueMappingData::shouldBindAsLValue(expr); |
| 1464 | } |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 | /// Build the opaque value mapping for the given conditional |
| 1467 | /// operator if it's the GNU ?: extension. This is a common |
| 1468 | /// enough pattern that the convenience operator is really |
| 1469 | /// helpful. |
| 1470 | /// |
| 1471 | OpaqueValueMapping(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 1472 | const AbstractConditionalOperator *op) |
| 1473 | : CGF(CGF) { |
| 1474 | if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(Val: op)) |
| 1475 | // Leave Data empty. |
| 1476 | return; |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 | const BinaryConditionalOperator *e = cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(Val: op); |
| 1479 | Data = OpaqueValueMappingData::bind(CGF, ov: e->getOpaqueValue(), |
| 1480 | e: e->getCommon()); |
| 1481 | } |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 | /// Build the opaque value mapping for an OpaqueValueExpr whose source |
| 1484 | /// expression is set to the expression the OVE represents. |
| 1485 | OpaqueValueMapping(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const OpaqueValueExpr *OV) |
| 1486 | : CGF(CGF) { |
| 1487 | if (OV) { |
| 1488 | assert(OV->getSourceExpr() && "wrong form of OpaqueValueMapping used " |
| 1489 | "for OVE with no source expression" ); |
| 1490 | Data = OpaqueValueMappingData::bind(CGF, ov: OV, e: OV->getSourceExpr()); |
| 1491 | } |
| 1492 | } |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 | OpaqueValueMapping(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue, |
| 1495 | LValue lvalue) |
| 1496 | : CGF(CGF), |
| 1497 | Data(OpaqueValueMappingData::bind(CGF, ov: opaqueValue, lv: lvalue)) {} |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 | OpaqueValueMapping(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue, |
| 1500 | RValue rvalue) |
| 1501 | : CGF(CGF), |
| 1502 | Data(OpaqueValueMappingData::bind(CGF, ov: opaqueValue, rv: rvalue)) {} |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | void pop() { |
| 1505 | Data.unbind(CGF); |
| 1506 | Data.clear(); |
| 1507 | } |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | ~OpaqueValueMapping() { |
| 1510 | if (Data.isValid()) |
| 1511 | Data.unbind(CGF); |
| 1512 | } |
| 1513 | }; |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | private: |
| 1516 | CGDebugInfo *DebugInfo; |
| 1517 | /// Used to create unique names for artificial VLA size debug info variables. |
| 1518 | unsigned VLAExprCounter = 0; |
| 1519 | bool DisableDebugInfo = false; |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | /// DidCallStackSave - Whether llvm.stacksave has been called. Used to avoid |
| 1522 | /// calling llvm.stacksave for multiple VLAs in the same scope. |
| 1523 | bool DidCallStackSave = false; |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | /// IndirectBranch - The first time an indirect goto is seen we create a block |
| 1526 | /// with an indirect branch. Every time we see the address of a label taken, |
| 1527 | /// we add the label to the indirect goto. Every subsequent indirect goto is |
| 1528 | /// codegen'd as a jump to the IndirectBranch's basic block. |
| 1529 | llvm::IndirectBrInst *IndirectBranch = nullptr; |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 | /// LocalDeclMap - This keeps track of the LLVM allocas or globals for local C |
| 1532 | /// decls. |
| 1533 | DeclMapTy LocalDeclMap; |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 | // Keep track of the cleanups for callee-destructed parameters pushed to the |
| 1536 | // cleanup stack so that they can be deactivated later. |
| 1537 | llvm::DenseMap<const ParmVarDecl *, EHScopeStack::stable_iterator> |
| 1538 | CalleeDestructedParamCleanups; |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | /// SizeArguments - If a ParmVarDecl had the pass_object_size attribute, this |
| 1541 | /// will contain a mapping from said ParmVarDecl to its implicit "object_size" |
| 1542 | /// parameter. |
| 1543 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ParmVarDecl *, const ImplicitParamDecl *, 2> |
| 1544 | SizeArguments; |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | /// Track escaped local variables with auto storage. Used during SEH |
| 1547 | /// outlining to produce a call to llvm.localescape. |
| 1548 | llvm::DenseMap<llvm::AllocaInst *, int> EscapedLocals; |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 | /// LabelMap - This keeps track of the LLVM basic block for each C label. |
| 1551 | llvm::DenseMap<const LabelDecl *, JumpDest> LabelMap; |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | // BreakContinueStack - This keeps track of where break and continue |
| 1554 | // statements should jump to. |
| 1555 | struct BreakContinue { |
| 1556 | BreakContinue(JumpDest Break, JumpDest Continue) |
| 1557 | : BreakBlock(Break), ContinueBlock(Continue) {} |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | JumpDest BreakBlock; |
| 1560 | JumpDest ContinueBlock; |
| 1561 | }; |
| 1562 | SmallVector<BreakContinue, 8> BreakContinueStack; |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 | /// Handles cancellation exit points in OpenMP-related constructs. |
| 1565 | class OpenMPCancelExitStack { |
| 1566 | /// Tracks cancellation exit point and join point for cancel-related exit |
| 1567 | /// and normal exit. |
| 1568 | struct CancelExit { |
| 1569 | CancelExit() = default; |
| 1570 | CancelExit(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, JumpDest ExitBlock, |
| 1571 | JumpDest ContBlock) |
| 1572 | : Kind(Kind), ExitBlock(ExitBlock), ContBlock(ContBlock) {} |
| 1573 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind = llvm::omp::OMPD_unknown; |
| 1574 | /// true if the exit block has been emitted already by the special |
| 1575 | /// emitExit() call, false if the default codegen is used. |
| 1576 | bool HasBeenEmitted = false; |
| 1577 | JumpDest ExitBlock; |
| 1578 | JumpDest ContBlock; |
| 1579 | }; |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | SmallVector<CancelExit, 8> Stack; |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | public: |
| 1584 | OpenMPCancelExitStack() : Stack(1) {} |
| 1585 | ~OpenMPCancelExitStack() = default; |
| 1586 | /// Fetches the exit block for the current OpenMP construct. |
| 1587 | JumpDest getExitBlock() const { return Stack.back().ExitBlock; } |
| 1588 | /// Emits exit block with special codegen procedure specific for the related |
| 1589 | /// OpenMP construct + emits code for normal construct cleanup. |
| 1590 | void emitExit(CodeGenFunction &CGF, OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, |
| 1591 | const llvm::function_ref<void(CodeGenFunction &)> CodeGen) { |
| 1592 | if (Stack.back().Kind == Kind && getExitBlock().isValid()) { |
| 1593 | assert(CGF.getOMPCancelDestination(Kind).isValid()); |
| 1594 | assert(CGF.HaveInsertPoint()); |
| 1595 | assert(!Stack.back().HasBeenEmitted); |
| 1596 | auto IP = CGF.Builder.saveAndClearIP(); |
| 1597 | CGF.EmitBlock(BB: Stack.back().ExitBlock.getBlock()); |
| 1598 | CodeGen(CGF); |
| 1599 | CGF.EmitBranch(Block: Stack.back().ContBlock.getBlock()); |
| 1600 | CGF.Builder.restoreIP(IP); |
| 1601 | Stack.back().HasBeenEmitted = true; |
| 1602 | } |
| 1603 | CodeGen(CGF); |
| 1604 | } |
| 1605 | /// Enter the cancel supporting \a Kind construct. |
| 1606 | /// \param Kind OpenMP directive that supports cancel constructs. |
| 1607 | /// \param HasCancel true, if the construct has inner cancel directive, |
| 1608 | /// false otherwise. |
| 1609 | void enter(CodeGenFunction &CGF, OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, bool HasCancel) { |
| 1610 | Stack.push_back(Elt: {Kind, |
| 1611 | HasCancel ? CGF.getJumpDestInCurrentScope(Name: "cancel.exit" ) |
| 1612 | : JumpDest(), |
| 1613 | HasCancel ? CGF.getJumpDestInCurrentScope(Name: "cancel.cont" ) |
| 1614 | : JumpDest()}); |
| 1615 | } |
| 1616 | /// Emits default exit point for the cancel construct (if the special one |
| 1617 | /// has not be used) + join point for cancel/normal exits. |
| 1618 | void exit(CodeGenFunction &CGF) { |
| 1619 | if (getExitBlock().isValid()) { |
| 1620 | assert(CGF.getOMPCancelDestination(Stack.back().Kind).isValid()); |
| 1621 | bool HaveIP = CGF.HaveInsertPoint(); |
| 1622 | if (!Stack.back().HasBeenEmitted) { |
| 1623 | if (HaveIP) |
| 1624 | CGF.EmitBranchThroughCleanup(Dest: Stack.back().ContBlock); |
| 1625 | CGF.EmitBlock(BB: Stack.back().ExitBlock.getBlock()); |
| 1626 | CGF.EmitBranchThroughCleanup(Dest: Stack.back().ContBlock); |
| 1627 | } |
| 1628 | CGF.EmitBlock(BB: Stack.back().ContBlock.getBlock()); |
| 1629 | if (!HaveIP) { |
| 1630 | CGF.Builder.CreateUnreachable(); |
| 1631 | CGF.Builder.ClearInsertionPoint(); |
| 1632 | } |
| 1633 | } |
| 1634 | Stack.pop_back(); |
| 1635 | } |
| 1636 | }; |
| 1637 | OpenMPCancelExitStack OMPCancelStack; |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | /// Lower the Likelihood knowledge about the \p Cond via llvm.expect intrin. |
| 1640 | llvm::Value *emitCondLikelihoodViaExpectIntrinsic(llvm::Value *Cond, |
| 1641 | Stmt::Likelihood LH); |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | std::unique_ptr<CodeGenPGO> PGO; |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | /// Bitmap used by MC/DC to track condition outcomes of a boolean expression. |
| 1646 | Address MCDCCondBitmapAddr = Address::invalid(); |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | /// Calculate branch weights appropriate for PGO data |
| 1649 | llvm::MDNode *createProfileWeights(uint64_t TrueCount, |
| 1650 | uint64_t FalseCount) const; |
| 1651 | llvm::MDNode *createProfileWeights(ArrayRef<uint64_t> Weights) const; |
| 1652 | llvm::MDNode *createProfileWeightsForLoop(const Stmt *Cond, |
| 1653 | uint64_t LoopCount) const; |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | public: |
| 1656 | std::pair<bool, bool> getIsCounterPair(const Stmt *S) const; |
| 1657 | void markStmtAsUsed(bool Skipped, const Stmt *S); |
| 1658 | void markStmtMaybeUsed(const Stmt *S); |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | /// Increment the profiler's counter for the given statement by \p StepV. |
| 1661 | /// If \p StepV is null, the default increment is 1. |
| 1662 | void incrementProfileCounter(const Stmt *S, llvm::Value *StepV = nullptr); |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | bool isMCDCCoverageEnabled() const { |
| 1665 | return (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().hasProfileClangInstr() && |
| 1666 | CGM.getCodeGenOpts().MCDCCoverage && |
| 1667 | !CurFn->hasFnAttribute(Kind: llvm::Attribute::NoProfile)); |
| 1668 | } |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | /// Allocate a temp value on the stack that MCDC can use to track condition |
| 1671 | /// results. |
| 1672 | void maybeCreateMCDCCondBitmap(); |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | bool isBinaryLogicalOp(const Expr *E) const { |
| 1675 | const BinaryOperator *BOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: E->IgnoreParens()); |
| 1676 | return (BOp && BOp->isLogicalOp()); |
| 1677 | } |
| 1678 | |
| 1679 | /// Zero-init the MCDC temp value. |
| 1680 | void maybeResetMCDCCondBitmap(const Expr *E); |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | /// Increment the profiler's counter for the given expression by \p StepV. |
| 1683 | /// If \p StepV is null, the default increment is 1. |
| 1684 | void maybeUpdateMCDCTestVectorBitmap(const Expr *E); |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | /// Update the MCDC temp value with the condition's evaluated result. |
| 1687 | void maybeUpdateMCDCCondBitmap(const Expr *E, llvm::Value *Val); |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | /// Get the profiler's count for the given statement. |
| 1690 | uint64_t getProfileCount(const Stmt *S); |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | /// Set the profiler's current count. |
| 1693 | void setCurrentProfileCount(uint64_t Count); |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 | /// Get the profiler's current count. This is generally the count for the most |
| 1696 | /// recently incremented counter. |
| 1697 | uint64_t getCurrentProfileCount(); |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 | /// See CGDebugInfo::addInstToCurrentSourceAtom. |
| 1700 | void addInstToCurrentSourceAtom(llvm::Instruction *KeyInstruction, |
| 1701 | llvm::Value *Backup); |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | /// See CGDebugInfo::addInstToSpecificSourceAtom. |
| 1704 | void addInstToSpecificSourceAtom(llvm::Instruction *KeyInstruction, |
| 1705 | llvm::Value *Backup, uint64_t Atom); |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 | /// Add \p KeyInstruction and an optional \p Backup instruction to a new atom |
| 1708 | /// group (See ApplyAtomGroup for more info). |
| 1709 | void addInstToNewSourceAtom(llvm::Instruction *KeyInstruction, |
| 1710 | llvm::Value *Backup); |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | private: |
| 1713 | /// SwitchInsn - This is nearest current switch instruction. It is null if |
| 1714 | /// current context is not in a switch. |
| 1715 | llvm::SwitchInst *SwitchInsn = nullptr; |
| 1716 | /// The branch weights of SwitchInsn when doing instrumentation based PGO. |
| 1717 | SmallVector<uint64_t, 16> *SwitchWeights = nullptr; |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 | /// The likelihood attributes of the SwitchCase. |
| 1720 | SmallVector<Stmt::Likelihood, 16> *SwitchLikelihood = nullptr; |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | /// CaseRangeBlock - This block holds if condition check for last case |
| 1723 | /// statement range in current switch instruction. |
| 1724 | llvm::BasicBlock *CaseRangeBlock = nullptr; |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | /// OpaqueLValues - Keeps track of the current set of opaque value |
| 1727 | /// expressions. |
| 1728 | llvm::DenseMap<const OpaqueValueExpr *, LValue> OpaqueLValues; |
| 1729 | llvm::DenseMap<const OpaqueValueExpr *, RValue> OpaqueRValues; |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | // VLASizeMap - This keeps track of the associated size for each VLA type. |
| 1732 | // We track this by the size expression rather than the type itself because |
| 1733 | // in certain situations, like a const qualifier applied to an VLA typedef, |
| 1734 | // multiple VLA types can share the same size expression. |
| 1735 | // FIXME: Maybe this could be a stack of maps that is pushed/popped as we |
| 1736 | // enter/leave scopes. |
| 1737 | llvm::DenseMap<const Expr *, llvm::Value *> VLASizeMap; |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 | /// A block containing a single 'unreachable' instruction. Created |
| 1740 | /// lazily by getUnreachableBlock(). |
| 1741 | llvm::BasicBlock *UnreachableBlock = nullptr; |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 | /// Counts of the number return expressions in the function. |
| 1744 | unsigned NumReturnExprs = 0; |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | /// Count the number of simple (constant) return expressions in the function. |
| 1747 | unsigned NumSimpleReturnExprs = 0; |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 | /// The last regular (non-return) debug location (breakpoint) in the function. |
| 1750 | SourceLocation LastStopPoint; |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | public: |
| 1753 | /// Source location information about the default argument or member |
| 1754 | /// initializer expression we're evaluating, if any. |
| 1755 | CurrentSourceLocExprScope CurSourceLocExprScope; |
| 1756 | using SourceLocExprScopeGuard = |
| 1757 | CurrentSourceLocExprScope::SourceLocExprScopeGuard; |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 | /// A scope within which we are constructing the fields of an object which |
| 1760 | /// might use a CXXDefaultInitExpr. This stashes away a 'this' value to use |
| 1761 | /// if we need to evaluate a CXXDefaultInitExpr within the evaluation. |
| 1762 | class FieldConstructionScope { |
| 1763 | public: |
| 1764 | FieldConstructionScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address This) |
| 1765 | : CGF(CGF), OldCXXDefaultInitExprThis(CGF.CXXDefaultInitExprThis) { |
| 1766 | CGF.CXXDefaultInitExprThis = This; |
| 1767 | } |
| 1768 | ~FieldConstructionScope() { |
| 1769 | CGF.CXXDefaultInitExprThis = OldCXXDefaultInitExprThis; |
| 1770 | } |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 | private: |
| 1773 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 1774 | Address OldCXXDefaultInitExprThis; |
| 1775 | }; |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | /// The scope of a CXXDefaultInitExpr. Within this scope, the value of 'this' |
| 1778 | /// is overridden to be the object under construction. |
| 1779 | class CXXDefaultInitExprScope { |
| 1780 | public: |
| 1781 | CXXDefaultInitExprScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const CXXDefaultInitExpr *E) |
| 1782 | : CGF(CGF), OldCXXThisValue(CGF.CXXThisValue), |
| 1783 | OldCXXThisAlignment(CGF.CXXThisAlignment), |
| 1784 | SourceLocScope(E, CGF.CurSourceLocExprScope) { |
| 1785 | CGF.CXXThisValue = CGF.CXXDefaultInitExprThis.getBasePointer(); |
| 1786 | CGF.CXXThisAlignment = CGF.CXXDefaultInitExprThis.getAlignment(); |
| 1787 | } |
| 1788 | ~CXXDefaultInitExprScope() { |
| 1789 | CGF.CXXThisValue = OldCXXThisValue; |
| 1790 | CGF.CXXThisAlignment = OldCXXThisAlignment; |
| 1791 | } |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | public: |
| 1794 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 1795 | llvm::Value *OldCXXThisValue; |
| 1796 | CharUnits OldCXXThisAlignment; |
| 1797 | SourceLocExprScopeGuard SourceLocScope; |
| 1798 | }; |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 | struct CXXDefaultArgExprScope : SourceLocExprScopeGuard { |
| 1801 | CXXDefaultArgExprScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) |
| 1802 | : SourceLocExprScopeGuard(E, CGF.CurSourceLocExprScope) {} |
| 1803 | }; |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 | /// The scope of an ArrayInitLoopExpr. Within this scope, the value of the |
| 1806 | /// current loop index is overridden. |
| 1807 | class ArrayInitLoopExprScope { |
| 1808 | public: |
| 1809 | ArrayInitLoopExprScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Value *Index) |
| 1810 | : CGF(CGF), OldArrayInitIndex(CGF.ArrayInitIndex) { |
| 1811 | CGF.ArrayInitIndex = Index; |
| 1812 | } |
| 1813 | ~ArrayInitLoopExprScope() { CGF.ArrayInitIndex = OldArrayInitIndex; } |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | private: |
| 1816 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 1817 | llvm::Value *OldArrayInitIndex; |
| 1818 | }; |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | class InlinedInheritingConstructorScope { |
| 1821 | public: |
| 1822 | InlinedInheritingConstructorScope(CodeGenFunction &CGF, GlobalDecl GD) |
| 1823 | : CGF(CGF), OldCurGD(CGF.CurGD), OldCurFuncDecl(CGF.CurFuncDecl), |
| 1824 | OldCurCodeDecl(CGF.CurCodeDecl), |
| 1825 | OldCXXABIThisDecl(CGF.CXXABIThisDecl), |
| 1826 | OldCXXABIThisValue(CGF.CXXABIThisValue), |
| 1827 | OldCXXThisValue(CGF.CXXThisValue), |
| 1828 | OldCXXABIThisAlignment(CGF.CXXABIThisAlignment), |
| 1829 | OldCXXThisAlignment(CGF.CXXThisAlignment), |
| 1830 | OldReturnValue(CGF.ReturnValue), OldFnRetTy(CGF.FnRetTy), |
| 1831 | OldCXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs( |
| 1832 | std::move(CGF.CXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs)) { |
| 1833 | CGF.CurGD = GD; |
| 1834 | CGF.CurFuncDecl = CGF.CurCodeDecl = |
| 1835 | cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: GD.getDecl()); |
| 1836 | CGF.CXXABIThisDecl = nullptr; |
| 1837 | CGF.CXXABIThisValue = nullptr; |
| 1838 | CGF.CXXThisValue = nullptr; |
| 1839 | CGF.CXXABIThisAlignment = CharUnits(); |
| 1840 | CGF.CXXThisAlignment = CharUnits(); |
| 1841 | CGF.ReturnValue = Address::invalid(); |
| 1842 | CGF.FnRetTy = QualType(); |
| 1843 | CGF.CXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs.clear(); |
| 1844 | } |
| 1845 | ~InlinedInheritingConstructorScope() { |
| 1846 | CGF.CurGD = OldCurGD; |
| 1847 | CGF.CurFuncDecl = OldCurFuncDecl; |
| 1848 | CGF.CurCodeDecl = OldCurCodeDecl; |
| 1849 | CGF.CXXABIThisDecl = OldCXXABIThisDecl; |
| 1850 | CGF.CXXABIThisValue = OldCXXABIThisValue; |
| 1851 | CGF.CXXThisValue = OldCXXThisValue; |
| 1852 | CGF.CXXABIThisAlignment = OldCXXABIThisAlignment; |
| 1853 | CGF.CXXThisAlignment = OldCXXThisAlignment; |
| 1854 | CGF.ReturnValue = OldReturnValue; |
| 1855 | CGF.FnRetTy = OldFnRetTy; |
| 1856 | CGF.CXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs = |
| 1857 | std::move(OldCXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs); |
| 1858 | } |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 | private: |
| 1861 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 1862 | GlobalDecl OldCurGD; |
| 1863 | const Decl *OldCurFuncDecl; |
| 1864 | const Decl *OldCurCodeDecl; |
| 1865 | ImplicitParamDecl *OldCXXABIThisDecl; |
| 1866 | llvm::Value *OldCXXABIThisValue; |
| 1867 | llvm::Value *OldCXXThisValue; |
| 1868 | CharUnits OldCXXABIThisAlignment; |
| 1869 | CharUnits OldCXXThisAlignment; |
| 1870 | Address OldReturnValue; |
| 1871 | QualType OldFnRetTy; |
| 1872 | CallArgList OldCXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs; |
| 1873 | }; |
| 1874 | |
| 1875 | // Helper class for the OpenMP IR Builder. Allows reusability of code used for |
| 1876 | // region body, and finalization codegen callbacks. This will class will also |
| 1877 | // contain privatization functions used by the privatization call backs |
| 1878 | // |
| 1879 | // TODO: this is temporary class for things that are being moved out of |
| 1880 | // CGOpenMPRuntime, new versions of current CodeGenFunction methods, or |
| 1881 | // utility function for use with the OMPBuilder. Once that move to use the |
| 1882 | // OMPBuilder is done, everything here will either become part of CodeGenFunc. |
| 1883 | // directly, or a new helper class that will contain functions used by both |
| 1884 | // this and the OMPBuilder |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | struct OMPBuilderCBHelpers { |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | OMPBuilderCBHelpers() = delete; |
| 1889 | OMPBuilderCBHelpers(const OMPBuilderCBHelpers &) = delete; |
| 1890 | OMPBuilderCBHelpers &operator=(const OMPBuilderCBHelpers &) = delete; |
| 1891 | |
| 1892 | using InsertPointTy = llvm::OpenMPIRBuilder::InsertPointTy; |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | /// Cleanup action for allocate support. |
| 1895 | class OMPAllocateCleanupTy final : public EHScopeStack::Cleanup { |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 | private: |
| 1898 | llvm::CallInst *RTLFnCI; |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | public: |
| 1901 | OMPAllocateCleanupTy(llvm::CallInst *RLFnCI) : RTLFnCI(RLFnCI) { |
| 1902 | RLFnCI->removeFromParent(); |
| 1903 | } |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | void Emit(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Flags /*flags*/) override { |
| 1906 | if (!CGF.HaveInsertPoint()) |
| 1907 | return; |
| 1908 | CGF.Builder.Insert(I: RTLFnCI); |
| 1909 | } |
| 1910 | }; |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | /// Returns address of the threadprivate variable for the current |
| 1913 | /// thread. This Also create any necessary OMP runtime calls. |
| 1914 | /// |
| 1915 | /// \param VD VarDecl for Threadprivate variable. |
| 1916 | /// \param VDAddr Address of the Vardecl |
| 1917 | /// \param Loc The location where the barrier directive was encountered |
| 1918 | static Address getAddrOfThreadPrivate(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 1919 | const VarDecl *VD, Address VDAddr, |
| 1920 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 | /// Gets the OpenMP-specific address of the local variable /p VD. |
| 1923 | static Address getAddressOfLocalVariable(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 1924 | const VarDecl *VD); |
| 1925 | /// Get the platform-specific name separator. |
| 1926 | /// \param Parts different parts of the final name that needs separation |
| 1927 | /// \param FirstSeparator First separator used between the initial two |
| 1928 | /// parts of the name. |
| 1929 | /// \param Separator separator used between all of the rest consecutinve |
| 1930 | /// parts of the name |
| 1931 | static std::string getNameWithSeparators(ArrayRef<StringRef> Parts, |
| 1932 | StringRef FirstSeparator = "." , |
| 1933 | StringRef Separator = "." ); |
| 1934 | /// Emit the Finalization for an OMP region |
| 1935 | /// \param CGF The Codegen function this belongs to |
| 1936 | /// \param IP Insertion point for generating the finalization code. |
| 1937 | static void FinalizeOMPRegion(CodeGenFunction &CGF, InsertPointTy IP) { |
| 1938 | CGBuilderTy::InsertPointGuard IPG(CGF.Builder); |
| 1939 | assert(IP.getBlock()->end() != IP.getPoint() && |
| 1940 | "OpenMP IR Builder should cause terminated block!" ); |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | llvm::BasicBlock *IPBB = IP.getBlock(); |
| 1943 | llvm::BasicBlock *DestBB = IPBB->getUniqueSuccessor(); |
| 1944 | assert(DestBB && "Finalization block should have one successor!" ); |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | // erase and replace with cleanup branch. |
| 1947 | IPBB->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1948 | CGF.Builder.SetInsertPoint(IPBB); |
| 1949 | CodeGenFunction::JumpDest Dest = CGF.getJumpDestInCurrentScope(Target: DestBB); |
| 1950 | CGF.EmitBranchThroughCleanup(Dest); |
| 1951 | } |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 | /// Emit the body of an OMP region |
| 1954 | /// \param CGF The Codegen function this belongs to |
| 1955 | /// \param RegionBodyStmt The body statement for the OpenMP region being |
| 1956 | /// generated |
| 1957 | /// \param AllocaIP Where to insert alloca instructions |
| 1958 | /// \param CodeGenIP Where to insert the region code |
| 1959 | /// \param RegionName Name to be used for new blocks |
| 1960 | static void EmitOMPInlinedRegionBody(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 1961 | const Stmt *RegionBodyStmt, |
| 1962 | InsertPointTy AllocaIP, |
| 1963 | InsertPointTy CodeGenIP, |
| 1964 | Twine RegionName); |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | static void EmitCaptureStmt(CodeGenFunction &CGF, InsertPointTy CodeGenIP, |
| 1967 | llvm::BasicBlock &FiniBB, llvm::Function *Fn, |
| 1968 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> Args) { |
| 1969 | llvm::BasicBlock *CodeGenIPBB = CodeGenIP.getBlock(); |
| 1970 | if (llvm::Instruction *CodeGenIPBBTI = CodeGenIPBB->getTerminator()) |
| 1971 | CodeGenIPBBTI->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 | CGF.Builder.SetInsertPoint(CodeGenIPBB); |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 | if (Fn->doesNotThrow()) |
| 1976 | CGF.EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(callee: Fn, args: Args); |
| 1977 | else |
| 1978 | CGF.EmitRuntimeCall(callee: Fn, args: Args); |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | if (CGF.Builder.saveIP().isSet()) |
| 1981 | CGF.Builder.CreateBr(Dest: &FiniBB); |
| 1982 | } |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | /// Emit the body of an OMP region that will be outlined in |
| 1985 | /// OpenMPIRBuilder::finalize(). |
| 1986 | /// \param CGF The Codegen function this belongs to |
| 1987 | /// \param RegionBodyStmt The body statement for the OpenMP region being |
| 1988 | /// generated |
| 1989 | /// \param AllocaIP Where to insert alloca instructions |
| 1990 | /// \param CodeGenIP Where to insert the region code |
| 1991 | /// \param RegionName Name to be used for new blocks |
| 1992 | static void EmitOMPOutlinedRegionBody(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 1993 | const Stmt *RegionBodyStmt, |
| 1994 | InsertPointTy AllocaIP, |
| 1995 | InsertPointTy CodeGenIP, |
| 1996 | Twine RegionName); |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 | /// RAII for preserving necessary info during Outlined region body codegen. |
| 1999 | class OutlinedRegionBodyRAII { |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 | llvm::AssertingVH<llvm::Instruction> OldAllocaIP; |
| 2002 | CodeGenFunction::JumpDest OldReturnBlock; |
| 2003 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 | public: |
| 2006 | OutlinedRegionBodyRAII(CodeGenFunction &cgf, InsertPointTy &AllocaIP, |
| 2007 | llvm::BasicBlock &RetBB) |
| 2008 | : CGF(cgf) { |
| 2009 | assert(AllocaIP.isSet() && |
| 2010 | "Must specify Insertion point for allocas of outlined function" ); |
| 2011 | OldAllocaIP = CGF.AllocaInsertPt; |
| 2012 | CGF.AllocaInsertPt = &*AllocaIP.getPoint(); |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 | OldReturnBlock = CGF.ReturnBlock; |
| 2015 | CGF.ReturnBlock = CGF.getJumpDestInCurrentScope(Target: &RetBB); |
| 2016 | } |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 | ~OutlinedRegionBodyRAII() { |
| 2019 | CGF.AllocaInsertPt = OldAllocaIP; |
| 2020 | CGF.ReturnBlock = OldReturnBlock; |
| 2021 | } |
| 2022 | }; |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 | /// RAII for preserving necessary info during inlined region body codegen. |
| 2025 | class InlinedRegionBodyRAII { |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | llvm::AssertingVH<llvm::Instruction> OldAllocaIP; |
| 2028 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 | public: |
| 2031 | InlinedRegionBodyRAII(CodeGenFunction &cgf, InsertPointTy &AllocaIP, |
| 2032 | llvm::BasicBlock &FiniBB) |
| 2033 | : CGF(cgf) { |
| 2034 | // Alloca insertion block should be in the entry block of the containing |
| 2035 | // function so it expects an empty AllocaIP in which case will reuse the |
| 2036 | // old alloca insertion point, or a new AllocaIP in the same block as |
| 2037 | // the old one |
| 2038 | assert((!AllocaIP.isSet() || |
| 2039 | CGF.AllocaInsertPt->getParent() == AllocaIP.getBlock()) && |
| 2040 | "Insertion point should be in the entry block of containing " |
| 2041 | "function!" ); |
| 2042 | OldAllocaIP = CGF.AllocaInsertPt; |
| 2043 | if (AllocaIP.isSet()) |
| 2044 | CGF.AllocaInsertPt = &*AllocaIP.getPoint(); |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | // TODO: Remove the call, after making sure the counter is not used by |
| 2047 | // the EHStack. |
| 2048 | // Since this is an inlined region, it should not modify the |
| 2049 | // ReturnBlock, and should reuse the one for the enclosing outlined |
| 2050 | // region. So, the JumpDest being return by the function is discarded |
| 2051 | (void)CGF.getJumpDestInCurrentScope(Target: &FiniBB); |
| 2052 | } |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | ~InlinedRegionBodyRAII() { CGF.AllocaInsertPt = OldAllocaIP; } |
| 2055 | }; |
| 2056 | }; |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 | private: |
| 2059 | /// CXXThisDecl - When generating code for a C++ member function, |
| 2060 | /// this will hold the implicit 'this' declaration. |
| 2061 | ImplicitParamDecl *CXXABIThisDecl = nullptr; |
| 2062 | llvm::Value *CXXABIThisValue = nullptr; |
| 2063 | llvm::Value *CXXThisValue = nullptr; |
| 2064 | CharUnits CXXABIThisAlignment; |
| 2065 | CharUnits CXXThisAlignment; |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | /// The value of 'this' to use when evaluating CXXDefaultInitExprs within |
| 2068 | /// this expression. |
| 2069 | Address CXXDefaultInitExprThis = Address::invalid(); |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | /// The current array initialization index when evaluating an |
| 2072 | /// ArrayInitIndexExpr within an ArrayInitLoopExpr. |
| 2073 | llvm::Value *ArrayInitIndex = nullptr; |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 | /// The values of function arguments to use when evaluating |
| 2076 | /// CXXInheritedCtorInitExprs within this context. |
| 2077 | CallArgList CXXInheritedCtorInitExprArgs; |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 | /// CXXStructorImplicitParamDecl - When generating code for a constructor or |
| 2080 | /// destructor, this will hold the implicit argument (e.g. VTT). |
| 2081 | ImplicitParamDecl *CXXStructorImplicitParamDecl = nullptr; |
| 2082 | llvm::Value *CXXStructorImplicitParamValue = nullptr; |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 | /// OutermostConditional - Points to the outermost active |
| 2085 | /// conditional control. This is used so that we know if a |
| 2086 | /// temporary should be destroyed conditionally. |
| 2087 | ConditionalEvaluation *OutermostConditional = nullptr; |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | /// The current lexical scope. |
| 2090 | LexicalScope *CurLexicalScope = nullptr; |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 | /// The current source location that should be used for exception |
| 2093 | /// handling code. |
| 2094 | SourceLocation CurEHLocation; |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | /// BlockByrefInfos - For each __block variable, contains |
| 2097 | /// information about the layout of the variable. |
| 2098 | llvm::DenseMap<const ValueDecl *, BlockByrefInfo> BlockByrefInfos; |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | /// Used by -fsanitize=nullability-return to determine whether the return |
| 2101 | /// value can be checked. |
| 2102 | llvm::Value *RetValNullabilityPrecondition = nullptr; |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 | /// Check if -fsanitize=nullability-return instrumentation is required for |
| 2105 | /// this function. |
| 2106 | bool requiresReturnValueNullabilityCheck() const { |
| 2107 | return RetValNullabilityPrecondition; |
| 2108 | } |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | /// Used to store precise source locations for return statements by the |
| 2111 | /// runtime return value checks. |
| 2112 | Address ReturnLocation = Address::invalid(); |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | /// Check if the return value of this function requires sanitization. |
| 2115 | bool requiresReturnValueCheck() const; |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | bool isInAllocaArgument(CGCXXABI &ABI, QualType Ty); |
| 2118 | bool hasInAllocaArg(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 | llvm::BasicBlock *TerminateLandingPad = nullptr; |
| 2121 | llvm::BasicBlock *TerminateHandler = nullptr; |
| 2122 | llvm::SmallVector<llvm::BasicBlock *, 2> TrapBBs; |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | /// Terminate funclets keyed by parent funclet pad. |
| 2125 | llvm::MapVector<llvm::Value *, llvm::BasicBlock *> TerminateFunclets; |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 | /// Largest vector width used in ths function. Will be used to create a |
| 2128 | /// function attribute. |
| 2129 | unsigned LargestVectorWidth = 0; |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | /// True if we need emit the life-time markers. This is initially set in |
| 2132 | /// the constructor, but could be overwritten to true if this is a coroutine. |
| 2133 | bool ShouldEmitLifetimeMarkers; |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | /// Add OpenCL kernel arg metadata and the kernel attribute metadata to |
| 2136 | /// the function metadata. |
| 2137 | void EmitKernelMetadata(const FunctionDecl *FD, llvm::Function *Fn); |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 | public: |
| 2140 | CodeGenFunction(CodeGenModule &cgm, bool suppressNewContext = false); |
| 2141 | ~CodeGenFunction(); |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | CodeGenTypes &getTypes() const { return CGM.getTypes(); } |
| 2144 | ASTContext &getContext() const { return CGM.getContext(); } |
| 2145 | CGDebugInfo *getDebugInfo() { |
| 2146 | if (DisableDebugInfo) |
| 2147 | return nullptr; |
| 2148 | return DebugInfo; |
| 2149 | } |
| 2150 | void disableDebugInfo() { DisableDebugInfo = true; } |
| 2151 | void enableDebugInfo() { DisableDebugInfo = false; } |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | bool shouldUseFusedARCCalls() { |
| 2154 | return CGM.getCodeGenOpts().OptimizationLevel == 0; |
| 2155 | } |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return CGM.getLangOpts(); } |
| 2158 | |
| 2159 | /// Returns a pointer to the function's exception object and selector slot, |
| 2160 | /// which is assigned in every landing pad. |
| 2161 | Address getExceptionSlot(); |
| 2162 | Address getEHSelectorSlot(); |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | /// Returns the contents of the function's exception object and selector |
| 2165 | /// slots. |
| 2166 | llvm::Value *getExceptionFromSlot(); |
| 2167 | llvm::Value *getSelectorFromSlot(); |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | RawAddress getNormalCleanupDestSlot(); |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 | llvm::BasicBlock *getUnreachableBlock() { |
| 2172 | if (!UnreachableBlock) { |
| 2173 | UnreachableBlock = createBasicBlock(name: "unreachable" ); |
| 2174 | new llvm::UnreachableInst(getLLVMContext(), UnreachableBlock); |
| 2175 | } |
| 2176 | return UnreachableBlock; |
| 2177 | } |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 | llvm::BasicBlock *getInvokeDest() { |
| 2180 | if (!EHStack.requiresLandingPad()) |
| 2181 | return nullptr; |
| 2182 | return getInvokeDestImpl(); |
| 2183 | } |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 | bool currentFunctionUsesSEHTry() const { return !!CurSEHParent; } |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 | const TargetInfo &getTarget() const { return Target; } |
| 2188 | llvm::LLVMContext &getLLVMContext() { return CGM.getLLVMContext(); } |
| 2189 | const TargetCodeGenInfo &getTargetHooks() const { |
| 2190 | return CGM.getTargetCodeGenInfo(); |
| 2191 | } |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2194 | // Cleanups |
| 2195 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | typedef void Destroyer(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address addr, QualType ty); |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | void pushIrregularPartialArrayCleanup(llvm::Value *arrayBegin, |
| 2200 | Address arrayEndPointer, |
| 2201 | QualType elementType, |
| 2202 | CharUnits elementAlignment, |
| 2203 | Destroyer *destroyer); |
| 2204 | void pushRegularPartialArrayCleanup(llvm::Value *arrayBegin, |
| 2205 | llvm::Value *arrayEnd, |
| 2206 | QualType elementType, |
| 2207 | CharUnits elementAlignment, |
| 2208 | Destroyer *destroyer); |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | void pushDestroy(QualType::DestructionKind dtorKind, Address addr, |
| 2211 | QualType type); |
| 2212 | void pushEHDestroy(QualType::DestructionKind dtorKind, Address addr, |
| 2213 | QualType type); |
| 2214 | void pushDestroy(CleanupKind kind, Address addr, QualType type, |
| 2215 | Destroyer *destroyer, bool useEHCleanupForArray); |
| 2216 | void pushDestroyAndDeferDeactivation(QualType::DestructionKind dtorKind, |
| 2217 | Address addr, QualType type); |
| 2218 | void pushDestroyAndDeferDeactivation(CleanupKind cleanupKind, Address addr, |
| 2219 | QualType type, Destroyer *destroyer, |
| 2220 | bool useEHCleanupForArray); |
| 2221 | void pushLifetimeExtendedDestroy(CleanupKind kind, Address addr, |
| 2222 | QualType type, Destroyer *destroyer, |
| 2223 | bool useEHCleanupForArray); |
| 2224 | void pushLifetimeExtendedDestroy(QualType::DestructionKind dtorKind, |
| 2225 | Address addr, QualType type); |
| 2226 | void pushCallObjectDeleteCleanup(const FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete, |
| 2227 | llvm::Value *CompletePtr, |
| 2228 | QualType ElementType); |
| 2229 | void pushStackRestore(CleanupKind kind, Address SPMem); |
| 2230 | void pushKmpcAllocFree(CleanupKind Kind, |
| 2231 | std::pair<llvm::Value *, llvm::Value *> AddrSizePair); |
| 2232 | void emitDestroy(Address addr, QualType type, Destroyer *destroyer, |
| 2233 | bool useEHCleanupForArray); |
| 2234 | llvm::Function *generateDestroyHelper(Address addr, QualType type, |
| 2235 | Destroyer *destroyer, |
| 2236 | bool useEHCleanupForArray, |
| 2237 | const VarDecl *VD); |
| 2238 | void emitArrayDestroy(llvm::Value *begin, llvm::Value *end, |
| 2239 | QualType elementType, CharUnits elementAlign, |
| 2240 | Destroyer *destroyer, bool checkZeroLength, |
| 2241 | bool useEHCleanup); |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | Destroyer *getDestroyer(QualType::DestructionKind destructionKind); |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | /// Determines whether an EH cleanup is required to destroy a type |
| 2246 | /// with the given destruction kind. |
| 2247 | bool needsEHCleanup(QualType::DestructionKind kind) { |
| 2248 | switch (kind) { |
| 2249 | case QualType::DK_none: |
| 2250 | return false; |
| 2251 | case QualType::DK_cxx_destructor: |
| 2252 | case QualType::DK_objc_weak_lifetime: |
| 2253 | case QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct: |
| 2254 | return getLangOpts().Exceptions; |
| 2255 | case QualType::DK_objc_strong_lifetime: |
| 2256 | return getLangOpts().Exceptions && |
| 2257 | CGM.getCodeGenOpts().ObjCAutoRefCountExceptions; |
| 2258 | } |
| 2259 | llvm_unreachable("bad destruction kind" ); |
| 2260 | } |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | CleanupKind getCleanupKind(QualType::DestructionKind kind) { |
| 2263 | return (needsEHCleanup(kind) ? NormalAndEHCleanup : NormalCleanup); |
| 2264 | } |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2267 | // Objective-C |
| 2268 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | void GenerateObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD); |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 | void StartObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD, const ObjCContainerDecl *CD); |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | /// GenerateObjCGetter - Synthesize an Objective-C property getter function. |
| 2275 | void GenerateObjCGetter(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP, |
| 2276 | const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID); |
| 2277 | void generateObjCGetterBody(const ObjCImplementationDecl *classImpl, |
| 2278 | const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *propImpl, |
| 2279 | const ObjCMethodDecl *GetterMothodDecl, |
| 2280 | llvm::Constant *AtomicHelperFn); |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 | void GenerateObjCCtorDtorMethod(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP, |
| 2283 | ObjCMethodDecl *MD, bool ctor); |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | /// GenerateObjCSetter - Synthesize an Objective-C property setter function |
| 2286 | /// for the given property. |
| 2287 | void GenerateObjCSetter(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP, |
| 2288 | const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID); |
| 2289 | void generateObjCSetterBody(const ObjCImplementationDecl *classImpl, |
| 2290 | const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *propImpl, |
| 2291 | llvm::Constant *AtomicHelperFn); |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2294 | // Block Bits |
| 2295 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | /// Emit block literal. |
| 2298 | /// \return an LLVM value which is a pointer to a struct which contains |
| 2299 | /// information about the block, including the block invoke function, the |
| 2300 | /// captured variables, etc. |
| 2301 | llvm::Value *EmitBlockLiteral(const BlockExpr *); |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 | llvm::Function *GenerateBlockFunction(GlobalDecl GD, const CGBlockInfo &Info, |
| 2304 | const DeclMapTy &ldm, |
| 2305 | bool IsLambdaConversionToBlock, |
| 2306 | bool BuildGlobalBlock); |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 | /// Check if \p T is a C++ class that has a destructor that can throw. |
| 2309 | static bool cxxDestructorCanThrow(QualType T); |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 | llvm::Constant *GenerateCopyHelperFunction(const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo); |
| 2312 | llvm::Constant *GenerateDestroyHelperFunction(const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo); |
| 2313 | llvm::Constant * |
| 2314 | GenerateObjCAtomicSetterCopyHelperFunction(const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID); |
| 2315 | llvm::Constant * |
| 2316 | GenerateObjCAtomicGetterCopyHelperFunction(const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID); |
| 2317 | llvm::Value *EmitBlockCopyAndAutorelease(llvm::Value *Block, QualType Ty); |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | void BuildBlockRelease(llvm::Value *DeclPtr, BlockFieldFlags flags, |
| 2320 | bool CanThrow); |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | class AutoVarEmission; |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 | void emitByrefStructureInit(const AutoVarEmission &emission); |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | /// Enter a cleanup to destroy a __block variable. Note that this |
| 2327 | /// cleanup should be a no-op if the variable hasn't left the stack |
| 2328 | /// yet; if a cleanup is required for the variable itself, that needs |
| 2329 | /// to be done externally. |
| 2330 | /// |
| 2331 | /// \param Kind Cleanup kind. |
| 2332 | /// |
| 2333 | /// \param Addr When \p LoadBlockVarAddr is false, the address of the __block |
| 2334 | /// structure that will be passed to _Block_object_dispose. When |
| 2335 | /// \p LoadBlockVarAddr is true, the address of the field of the block |
| 2336 | /// structure that holds the address of the __block structure. |
| 2337 | /// |
| 2338 | /// \param Flags The flag that will be passed to _Block_object_dispose. |
| 2339 | /// |
| 2340 | /// \param LoadBlockVarAddr Indicates whether we need to emit a load from |
| 2341 | /// \p Addr to get the address of the __block structure. |
| 2342 | void enterByrefCleanup(CleanupKind Kind, Address Addr, BlockFieldFlags Flags, |
| 2343 | bool LoadBlockVarAddr, bool CanThrow); |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 | void setBlockContextParameter(const ImplicitParamDecl *D, unsigned argNum, |
| 2346 | llvm::Value *ptr); |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 | Address LoadBlockStruct(); |
| 2349 | Address GetAddrOfBlockDecl(const VarDecl *var); |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | /// BuildBlockByrefAddress - Computes the location of the |
| 2352 | /// data in a variable which is declared as __block. |
| 2353 | Address emitBlockByrefAddress(Address baseAddr, const VarDecl *V, |
| 2354 | bool followForward = true); |
| 2355 | Address emitBlockByrefAddress(Address baseAddr, const BlockByrefInfo &info, |
| 2356 | bool followForward, const llvm::Twine &name); |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 | const BlockByrefInfo &getBlockByrefInfo(const VarDecl *var); |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | QualType BuildFunctionArgList(GlobalDecl GD, FunctionArgList &Args); |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | void GenerateCode(GlobalDecl GD, llvm::Function *Fn, |
| 2363 | const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo); |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | /// Annotate the function with an attribute that disables TSan checking at |
| 2366 | /// runtime. |
| 2367 | void markAsIgnoreThreadCheckingAtRuntime(llvm::Function *Fn); |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | /// Emit code for the start of a function. |
| 2370 | /// \param Loc The location to be associated with the function. |
| 2371 | /// \param StartLoc The location of the function body. |
| 2372 | void StartFunction(GlobalDecl GD, QualType RetTy, llvm::Function *Fn, |
| 2373 | const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo, const FunctionArgList &Args, |
| 2374 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(), |
| 2375 | SourceLocation StartLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | static bool IsConstructorDelegationValid(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | void EmitConstructorBody(FunctionArgList &Args); |
| 2380 | void EmitDestructorBody(FunctionArgList &Args); |
| 2381 | void emitImplicitAssignmentOperatorBody(FunctionArgList &Args); |
| 2382 | void EmitFunctionBody(const Stmt *Body); |
| 2383 | void EmitBlockWithFallThrough(llvm::BasicBlock *BB, const Stmt *S); |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | void EmitForwardingCallToLambda(const CXXMethodDecl *LambdaCallOperator, |
| 2386 | CallArgList &CallArgs, |
| 2387 | const CGFunctionInfo *CallOpFnInfo = nullptr, |
| 2388 | llvm::Constant *CallOpFn = nullptr); |
| 2389 | void EmitLambdaBlockInvokeBody(); |
| 2390 | void EmitLambdaStaticInvokeBody(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 2391 | void EmitLambdaDelegatingInvokeBody(const CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 2392 | CallArgList &CallArgs); |
| 2393 | void EmitLambdaInAllocaImplFn(const CXXMethodDecl *CallOp, |
| 2394 | const CGFunctionInfo **ImplFnInfo, |
| 2395 | llvm::Function **ImplFn); |
| 2396 | void EmitLambdaInAllocaCallOpBody(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 2397 | void EmitLambdaVLACapture(const VariableArrayType *VAT, LValue LV) { |
| 2398 | EmitStoreThroughLValue(Src: RValue::get(V: VLASizeMap[VAT->getSizeExpr()]), Dst: LV); |
| 2399 | } |
| 2400 | void EmitAsanPrologueOrEpilogue(bool Prologue); |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | /// Emit the unified return block, trying to avoid its emission when |
| 2403 | /// possible. |
| 2404 | /// \return The debug location of the user written return statement if the |
| 2405 | /// return block is avoided. |
| 2406 | llvm::DebugLoc EmitReturnBlock(); |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | /// FinishFunction - Complete IR generation of the current function. It is |
| 2409 | /// legal to call this function even if there is no current insertion point. |
| 2410 | void FinishFunction(SourceLocation EndLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 | void StartThunk(llvm::Function *Fn, GlobalDecl GD, |
| 2413 | const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo, bool IsUnprototyped); |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 | void EmitCallAndReturnForThunk(llvm::FunctionCallee Callee, |
| 2416 | const ThunkInfo *Thunk, bool IsUnprototyped); |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 | void FinishThunk(); |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 | /// Emit a musttail call for a thunk with a potentially adjusted this pointer. |
| 2421 | void EmitMustTailThunk(GlobalDecl GD, llvm::Value *AdjustedThisPtr, |
| 2422 | llvm::FunctionCallee Callee); |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | /// Generate a thunk for the given method. |
| 2425 | void generateThunk(llvm::Function *Fn, const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo, |
| 2426 | GlobalDecl GD, const ThunkInfo &Thunk, |
| 2427 | bool IsUnprototyped); |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 | llvm::Function *GenerateVarArgsThunk(llvm::Function *Fn, |
| 2430 | const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo, |
| 2431 | GlobalDecl GD, const ThunkInfo &Thunk); |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 | void EmitCtorPrologue(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD, CXXCtorType Type, |
| 2434 | FunctionArgList &Args); |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | void EmitInitializerForField(FieldDecl *Field, LValue LHS, Expr *Init); |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | /// Struct with all information about dynamic [sub]class needed to set vptr. |
| 2439 | struct VPtr { |
| 2440 | BaseSubobject Base; |
| 2441 | const CXXRecordDecl *NearestVBase; |
| 2442 | CharUnits OffsetFromNearestVBase; |
| 2443 | const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass; |
| 2444 | }; |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | /// Initialize the vtable pointer of the given subobject. |
| 2447 | void InitializeVTablePointer(const VPtr &vptr); |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<VPtr, 4> VPtrsVector; |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl *, 4> VisitedVirtualBasesSetTy; |
| 2452 | VPtrsVector getVTablePointers(const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass); |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 | void getVTablePointers(BaseSubobject Base, const CXXRecordDecl *NearestVBase, |
| 2455 | CharUnits OffsetFromNearestVBase, |
| 2456 | bool BaseIsNonVirtualPrimaryBase, |
| 2457 | const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass, |
| 2458 | VisitedVirtualBasesSetTy &VBases, VPtrsVector &vptrs); |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | void InitializeVTablePointers(const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | // VTableTrapMode - whether we guarantee that loading the |
| 2463 | // vtable is guaranteed to trap on authentication failure, |
| 2464 | // even if the resulting vtable pointer is unused. |
| 2465 | enum class VTableAuthMode { |
| 2466 | Authenticate, |
| 2467 | MustTrap, |
| 2468 | UnsafeUbsanStrip // Should only be used for Vptr UBSan check |
| 2469 | }; |
| 2470 | /// GetVTablePtr - Return the Value of the vtable pointer member pointed |
| 2471 | /// to by This. |
| 2472 | llvm::Value * |
| 2473 | GetVTablePtr(Address This, llvm::Type *VTableTy, |
| 2474 | const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass, |
| 2475 | VTableAuthMode AuthMode = VTableAuthMode::Authenticate); |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | enum CFITypeCheckKind { |
| 2478 | CFITCK_VCall, |
| 2479 | CFITCK_NVCall, |
| 2480 | CFITCK_DerivedCast, |
| 2481 | CFITCK_UnrelatedCast, |
| 2482 | CFITCK_ICall, |
| 2483 | CFITCK_NVMFCall, |
| 2484 | CFITCK_VMFCall, |
| 2485 | }; |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | /// Derived is the presumed address of an object of type T after a |
| 2488 | /// cast. If T is a polymorphic class type, emit a check that the virtual |
| 2489 | /// table for Derived belongs to a class derived from T. |
| 2490 | void EmitVTablePtrCheckForCast(QualType T, Address Derived, bool MayBeNull, |
| 2491 | CFITypeCheckKind TCK, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | /// EmitVTablePtrCheckForCall - Virtual method MD is being called via VTable. |
| 2494 | /// If vptr CFI is enabled, emit a check that VTable is valid. |
| 2495 | void EmitVTablePtrCheckForCall(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::Value *VTable, |
| 2496 | CFITypeCheckKind TCK, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | /// EmitVTablePtrCheck - Emit a check that VTable is a valid virtual table for |
| 2499 | /// RD using llvm.type.test. |
| 2500 | void EmitVTablePtrCheck(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::Value *VTable, |
| 2501 | CFITypeCheckKind TCK, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 | /// If whole-program virtual table optimization is enabled, emit an assumption |
| 2504 | /// that VTable is a member of RD's type identifier. Or, if vptr CFI is |
| 2505 | /// enabled, emit a check that VTable is a member of RD's type identifier. |
| 2506 | void EmitTypeMetadataCodeForVCall(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 2507 | llvm::Value *VTable, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | /// Returns whether we should perform a type checked load when loading a |
| 2510 | /// virtual function for virtual calls to members of RD. This is generally |
| 2511 | /// true when both vcall CFI and whole-program-vtables are enabled. |
| 2512 | bool ShouldEmitVTableTypeCheckedLoad(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | /// Emit a type checked load from the given vtable. |
| 2515 | llvm::Value *EmitVTableTypeCheckedLoad(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 2516 | llvm::Value *VTable, |
| 2517 | llvm::Type *VTableTy, |
| 2518 | uint64_t VTableByteOffset); |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | /// EnterDtorCleanups - Enter the cleanups necessary to complete the |
| 2521 | /// given phase of destruction for a destructor. The end result |
| 2522 | /// should call destructors on members and base classes in reverse |
| 2523 | /// order of their construction. |
| 2524 | void EnterDtorCleanups(const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, CXXDtorType Type); |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | /// ShouldInstrumentFunction - Return true if the current function should be |
| 2527 | /// instrumented with __cyg_profile_func_* calls |
| 2528 | bool ShouldInstrumentFunction(); |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | /// ShouldSkipSanitizerInstrumentation - Return true if the current function |
| 2531 | /// should not be instrumented with sanitizers. |
| 2532 | bool ShouldSkipSanitizerInstrumentation(); |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 | /// ShouldXRayInstrument - Return true if the current function should be |
| 2535 | /// instrumented with XRay nop sleds. |
| 2536 | bool ShouldXRayInstrumentFunction() const; |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 | /// AlwaysEmitXRayCustomEvents - Return true if we must unconditionally emit |
| 2539 | /// XRay custom event handling calls. |
| 2540 | bool AlwaysEmitXRayCustomEvents() const; |
| 2541 | |
| 2542 | /// AlwaysEmitXRayTypedEvents - Return true if clang must unconditionally emit |
| 2543 | /// XRay typed event handling calls. |
| 2544 | bool AlwaysEmitXRayTypedEvents() const; |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 | /// Return a type hash constant for a function instrumented by |
| 2547 | /// -fsanitize=function. |
| 2548 | llvm::ConstantInt *getUBSanFunctionTypeHash(QualType T) const; |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | /// EmitFunctionProlog - Emit the target specific LLVM code to load the |
| 2551 | /// arguments for the given function. This is also responsible for naming the |
| 2552 | /// LLVM function arguments. |
| 2553 | void EmitFunctionProlog(const CGFunctionInfo &FI, llvm::Function *Fn, |
| 2554 | const FunctionArgList &Args); |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 | /// EmitFunctionEpilog - Emit the target specific LLVM code to return the |
| 2557 | /// given temporary. Specify the source location atom group (Key Instructions |
| 2558 | /// debug info feature) for the `ret` using \p RetKeyInstructionsSourceAtom. |
| 2559 | /// If it's 0, the `ret` will get added to a new source atom group. |
| 2560 | void EmitFunctionEpilog(const CGFunctionInfo &FI, bool EmitRetDbgLoc, |
| 2561 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 2562 | uint64_t RetKeyInstructionsSourceAtom); |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 | /// Emit a test that checks if the return value \p RV is nonnull. |
| 2565 | void EmitReturnValueCheck(llvm::Value *RV); |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | /// EmitStartEHSpec - Emit the start of the exception spec. |
| 2568 | void EmitStartEHSpec(const Decl *D); |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 | /// EmitEndEHSpec - Emit the end of the exception spec. |
| 2571 | void EmitEndEHSpec(const Decl *D); |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | /// getTerminateLandingPad - Return a landing pad that just calls terminate. |
| 2574 | llvm::BasicBlock *getTerminateLandingPad(); |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | /// getTerminateLandingPad - Return a cleanup funclet that just calls |
| 2577 | /// terminate. |
| 2578 | llvm::BasicBlock *getTerminateFunclet(); |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | /// getTerminateHandler - Return a handler (not a landing pad, just |
| 2581 | /// a catch handler) that just calls terminate. This is used when |
| 2582 | /// a terminate scope encloses a try. |
| 2583 | llvm::BasicBlock *getTerminateHandler(); |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 | llvm::Type *ConvertTypeForMem(QualType T); |
| 2586 | llvm::Type *ConvertType(QualType T); |
| 2587 | llvm::Type *convertTypeForLoadStore(QualType ASTTy, |
| 2588 | llvm::Type *LLVMTy = nullptr); |
| 2589 | llvm::Type *ConvertType(const TypeDecl *T) { |
| 2590 | return ConvertType(T: getContext().getTypeDeclType(Decl: T)); |
| 2591 | } |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | /// LoadObjCSelf - Load the value of self. This function is only valid while |
| 2594 | /// generating code for an Objective-C method. |
| 2595 | llvm::Value *LoadObjCSelf(); |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | /// TypeOfSelfObject - Return type of object that this self represents. |
| 2598 | QualType TypeOfSelfObject(); |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | /// getEvaluationKind - Return the TypeEvaluationKind of QualType \c T. |
| 2601 | static TypeEvaluationKind getEvaluationKind(QualType T); |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | static bool hasScalarEvaluationKind(QualType T) { |
| 2604 | return getEvaluationKind(T) == TEK_Scalar; |
| 2605 | } |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | static bool hasAggregateEvaluationKind(QualType T) { |
| 2608 | return getEvaluationKind(T) == TEK_Aggregate; |
| 2609 | } |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 | /// createBasicBlock - Create an LLVM basic block. |
| 2612 | llvm::BasicBlock *createBasicBlock(const Twine &name = "" , |
| 2613 | llvm::Function *parent = nullptr, |
| 2614 | llvm::BasicBlock *before = nullptr) { |
| 2615 | return llvm::BasicBlock::Create(Context&: getLLVMContext(), Name: name, Parent: parent, InsertBefore: before); |
| 2616 | } |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 | /// getBasicBlockForLabel - Return the LLVM basicblock that the specified |
| 2619 | /// label maps to. |
| 2620 | JumpDest getJumpDestForLabel(const LabelDecl *S); |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | /// SimplifyForwardingBlocks - If the given basic block is only a branch to |
| 2623 | /// another basic block, simplify it. This assumes that no other code could |
| 2624 | /// potentially reference the basic block. |
| 2625 | void SimplifyForwardingBlocks(llvm::BasicBlock *BB); |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | /// EmitBlock - Emit the given block \arg BB and set it as the insert point, |
| 2628 | /// adding a fall-through branch from the current insert block if |
| 2629 | /// necessary. It is legal to call this function even if there is no current |
| 2630 | /// insertion point. |
| 2631 | /// |
| 2632 | /// IsFinished - If true, indicates that the caller has finished emitting |
| 2633 | /// branches to the given block and does not expect to emit code into it. This |
| 2634 | /// means the block can be ignored if it is unreachable. |
| 2635 | void EmitBlock(llvm::BasicBlock *BB, bool IsFinished = false); |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | /// EmitBlockAfterUses - Emit the given block somewhere hopefully |
| 2638 | /// near its uses, and leave the insertion point in it. |
| 2639 | void EmitBlockAfterUses(llvm::BasicBlock *BB); |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | /// EmitBranch - Emit a branch to the specified basic block from the current |
| 2642 | /// insert block, taking care to avoid creation of branches from dummy |
| 2643 | /// blocks. It is legal to call this function even if there is no current |
| 2644 | /// insertion point. |
| 2645 | /// |
| 2646 | /// This function clears the current insertion point. The caller should follow |
| 2647 | /// calls to this function with calls to Emit*Block prior to generation new |
| 2648 | /// code. |
| 2649 | void EmitBranch(llvm::BasicBlock *Block); |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 | /// HaveInsertPoint - True if an insertion point is defined. If not, this |
| 2652 | /// indicates that the current code being emitted is unreachable. |
| 2653 | bool HaveInsertPoint() const { return Builder.GetInsertBlock() != nullptr; } |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 | /// EnsureInsertPoint - Ensure that an insertion point is defined so that |
| 2656 | /// emitted IR has a place to go. Note that by definition, if this function |
| 2657 | /// creates a block then that block is unreachable; callers may do better to |
| 2658 | /// detect when no insertion point is defined and simply skip IR generation. |
| 2659 | void EnsureInsertPoint() { |
| 2660 | if (!HaveInsertPoint()) |
| 2661 | EmitBlock(BB: createBasicBlock()); |
| 2662 | } |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | /// ErrorUnsupported - Print out an error that codegen doesn't support the |
| 2665 | /// specified stmt yet. |
| 2666 | void ErrorUnsupported(const Stmt *S, const char *Type); |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2669 | // Helpers |
| 2670 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 | Address mergeAddressesInConditionalExpr(Address LHS, Address RHS, |
| 2673 | llvm::BasicBlock *LHSBlock, |
| 2674 | llvm::BasicBlock *RHSBlock, |
| 2675 | llvm::BasicBlock *MergeBlock, |
| 2676 | QualType MergedType) { |
| 2677 | Builder.SetInsertPoint(MergeBlock); |
| 2678 | llvm::PHINode *PtrPhi = Builder.CreatePHI(Ty: LHS.getType(), NumReservedValues: 2, Name: "cond" ); |
| 2679 | PtrPhi->addIncoming(V: LHS.getBasePointer(), BB: LHSBlock); |
| 2680 | PtrPhi->addIncoming(V: RHS.getBasePointer(), BB: RHSBlock); |
| 2681 | LHS.replaceBasePointer(P: PtrPhi); |
| 2682 | LHS.setAlignment(std::min(a: LHS.getAlignment(), b: RHS.getAlignment())); |
| 2683 | return LHS; |
| 2684 | } |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | /// Construct an address with the natural alignment of T. If a pointer to T |
| 2687 | /// is expected to be signed, the pointer passed to this function must have |
| 2688 | /// been signed, and the returned Address will have the pointer authentication |
| 2689 | /// information needed to authenticate the signed pointer. |
| 2690 | Address makeNaturalAddressForPointer( |
| 2691 | llvm::Value *Ptr, QualType T, CharUnits Alignment = CharUnits::Zero(), |
| 2692 | bool ForPointeeType = false, LValueBaseInfo *BaseInfo = nullptr, |
| 2693 | TBAAAccessInfo *TBAAInfo = nullptr, |
| 2694 | KnownNonNull_t IsKnownNonNull = NotKnownNonNull) { |
| 2695 | if (Alignment.isZero()) |
| 2696 | Alignment = |
| 2697 | CGM.getNaturalTypeAlignment(T, BaseInfo, TBAAInfo, forPointeeType: ForPointeeType); |
| 2698 | return Address(Ptr, ConvertTypeForMem(T), Alignment, |
| 2699 | CGM.getPointerAuthInfoForPointeeType(type: T), /*Offset=*/nullptr, |
| 2700 | IsKnownNonNull); |
| 2701 | } |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 | LValue MakeAddrLValue(Address Addr, QualType T, |
| 2704 | AlignmentSource Source = AlignmentSource::Type) { |
| 2705 | return MakeAddrLValue(Addr, T, BaseInfo: LValueBaseInfo(Source), |
| 2706 | TBAAInfo: CGM.getTBAAAccessInfo(AccessType: T)); |
| 2707 | } |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | LValue MakeAddrLValue(Address Addr, QualType T, LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo, |
| 2710 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo) { |
| 2711 | return LValue::MakeAddr(Addr, type: T, Context&: getContext(), BaseInfo, TBAAInfo); |
| 2712 | } |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 | LValue MakeAddrLValue(llvm::Value *V, QualType T, CharUnits Alignment, |
| 2715 | AlignmentSource Source = AlignmentSource::Type) { |
| 2716 | return MakeAddrLValue(Addr: makeNaturalAddressForPointer(Ptr: V, T, Alignment), T, |
| 2717 | BaseInfo: LValueBaseInfo(Source), TBAAInfo: CGM.getTBAAAccessInfo(AccessType: T)); |
| 2718 | } |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | /// Same as MakeAddrLValue above except that the pointer is known to be |
| 2721 | /// unsigned. |
| 2722 | LValue MakeRawAddrLValue(llvm::Value *V, QualType T, CharUnits Alignment, |
| 2723 | AlignmentSource Source = AlignmentSource::Type) { |
| 2724 | Address Addr(V, ConvertTypeForMem(T), Alignment); |
| 2725 | return LValue::MakeAddr(Addr, type: T, Context&: getContext(), BaseInfo: LValueBaseInfo(Source), |
| 2726 | TBAAInfo: CGM.getTBAAAccessInfo(AccessType: T)); |
| 2727 | } |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 | LValue |
| 2730 | MakeAddrLValueWithoutTBAA(Address Addr, QualType T, |
| 2731 | AlignmentSource Source = AlignmentSource::Type) { |
| 2732 | return LValue::MakeAddr(Addr, type: T, Context&: getContext(), BaseInfo: LValueBaseInfo(Source), |
| 2733 | TBAAInfo: TBAAAccessInfo()); |
| 2734 | } |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 | /// Given a value of type T* that may not be to a complete object, construct |
| 2737 | /// an l-value with the natural pointee alignment of T. |
| 2738 | LValue MakeNaturalAlignPointeeAddrLValue(llvm::Value *V, QualType T); |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 | LValue |
| 2741 | MakeNaturalAlignAddrLValue(llvm::Value *V, QualType T, |
| 2742 | KnownNonNull_t IsKnownNonNull = NotKnownNonNull); |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | /// Same as MakeNaturalAlignPointeeAddrLValue except that the pointer is known |
| 2745 | /// to be unsigned. |
| 2746 | LValue MakeNaturalAlignPointeeRawAddrLValue(llvm::Value *V, QualType T); |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | LValue MakeNaturalAlignRawAddrLValue(llvm::Value *V, QualType T); |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 | Address EmitLoadOfReference(LValue RefLVal, |
| 2751 | LValueBaseInfo *PointeeBaseInfo = nullptr, |
| 2752 | TBAAAccessInfo *PointeeTBAAInfo = nullptr); |
| 2753 | LValue EmitLoadOfReferenceLValue(LValue RefLVal); |
| 2754 | LValue |
| 2755 | EmitLoadOfReferenceLValue(Address RefAddr, QualType RefTy, |
| 2756 | AlignmentSource Source = AlignmentSource::Type) { |
| 2757 | LValue RefLVal = MakeAddrLValue(Addr: RefAddr, T: RefTy, BaseInfo: LValueBaseInfo(Source), |
| 2758 | TBAAInfo: CGM.getTBAAAccessInfo(AccessType: RefTy)); |
| 2759 | return EmitLoadOfReferenceLValue(RefLVal); |
| 2760 | } |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | /// Load a pointer with type \p PtrTy stored at address \p Ptr. |
| 2763 | /// Note that \p PtrTy is the type of the loaded pointer, not the addresses |
| 2764 | /// it is loaded from. |
| 2765 | Address EmitLoadOfPointer(Address Ptr, const PointerType *PtrTy, |
| 2766 | LValueBaseInfo *BaseInfo = nullptr, |
| 2767 | TBAAAccessInfo *TBAAInfo = nullptr); |
| 2768 | LValue EmitLoadOfPointerLValue(Address Ptr, const PointerType *PtrTy); |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 | private: |
| 2771 | struct AllocaTracker { |
| 2772 | void Add(llvm::AllocaInst *I) { Allocas.push_back(Elt: I); } |
| 2773 | llvm::SmallVector<llvm::AllocaInst *> Take() { return std::move(Allocas); } |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | private: |
| 2776 | llvm::SmallVector<llvm::AllocaInst *> Allocas; |
| 2777 | }; |
| 2778 | AllocaTracker *Allocas = nullptr; |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 | /// CGDecl helper. |
| 2781 | void emitStoresForConstant(const VarDecl &D, Address Loc, bool isVolatile, |
| 2782 | llvm::Constant *constant, bool IsAutoInit); |
| 2783 | /// CGDecl helper. |
| 2784 | void emitStoresForZeroInit(const VarDecl &D, Address Loc, bool isVolatile); |
| 2785 | /// CGDecl helper. |
| 2786 | void emitStoresForPatternInit(const VarDecl &D, Address Loc, bool isVolatile); |
| 2787 | /// CGDecl helper. |
| 2788 | void emitStoresForInitAfterBZero(llvm::Constant *Init, Address Loc, |
| 2789 | bool isVolatile, bool IsAutoInit); |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | public: |
| 2792 | // Captures all the allocas created during the scope of its RAII object. |
| 2793 | struct AllocaTrackerRAII { |
| 2794 | AllocaTrackerRAII(CodeGenFunction &CGF) |
| 2795 | : CGF(CGF), OldTracker(CGF.Allocas) { |
| 2796 | CGF.Allocas = &Tracker; |
| 2797 | } |
| 2798 | ~AllocaTrackerRAII() { CGF.Allocas = OldTracker; } |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | llvm::SmallVector<llvm::AllocaInst *> Take() { return Tracker.Take(); } |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 | private: |
| 2803 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 2804 | AllocaTracker *OldTracker; |
| 2805 | AllocaTracker Tracker; |
| 2806 | }; |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 | /// CreateTempAlloca - This creates an alloca and inserts it into the entry |
| 2809 | /// block if \p ArraySize is nullptr, otherwise inserts it at the current |
| 2810 | /// insertion point of the builder. The caller is responsible for setting an |
| 2811 | /// appropriate alignment on |
| 2812 | /// the alloca. |
| 2813 | /// |
| 2814 | /// \p ArraySize is the number of array elements to be allocated if it |
| 2815 | /// is not nullptr. |
| 2816 | /// |
| 2817 | /// LangAS::Default is the address space of pointers to local variables and |
| 2818 | /// temporaries, as exposed in the source language. In certain |
| 2819 | /// configurations, this is not the same as the alloca address space, and a |
| 2820 | /// cast is needed to lift the pointer from the alloca AS into |
| 2821 | /// LangAS::Default. This can happen when the target uses a restricted |
| 2822 | /// address space for the stack but the source language requires |
| 2823 | /// LangAS::Default to be a generic address space. The latter condition is |
| 2824 | /// common for most programming languages; OpenCL is an exception in that |
| 2825 | /// LangAS::Default is the private address space, which naturally maps |
| 2826 | /// to the stack. |
| 2827 | /// |
| 2828 | /// Because the address of a temporary is often exposed to the program in |
| 2829 | /// various ways, this function will perform the cast. The original alloca |
| 2830 | /// instruction is returned through \p Alloca if it is not nullptr. |
| 2831 | /// |
| 2832 | /// The cast is not performaed in CreateTempAllocaWithoutCast. This is |
| 2833 | /// more efficient if the caller knows that the address will not be exposed. |
| 2834 | llvm::AllocaInst *CreateTempAlloca(llvm::Type *Ty, const Twine &Name = "tmp" , |
| 2835 | llvm::Value *ArraySize = nullptr); |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 | /// CreateTempAlloca - This creates a alloca and inserts it into the entry |
| 2838 | /// block. The alloca is casted to the address space of \p UseAddrSpace if |
| 2839 | /// necessary. |
| 2840 | RawAddress CreateTempAlloca(llvm::Type *Ty, LangAS UseAddrSpace, |
| 2841 | CharUnits align, const Twine &Name = "tmp" , |
| 2842 | llvm::Value *ArraySize = nullptr, |
| 2843 | RawAddress *Alloca = nullptr); |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | /// CreateTempAlloca - This creates a alloca and inserts it into the entry |
| 2846 | /// block. The alloca is casted to default address space if necessary. |
| 2847 | /// |
| 2848 | /// FIXME: This version should be removed, and context should provide the |
| 2849 | /// context use address space used instead of default. |
| 2850 | RawAddress CreateTempAlloca(llvm::Type *Ty, CharUnits align, |
| 2851 | const Twine &Name = "tmp" , |
| 2852 | llvm::Value *ArraySize = nullptr, |
| 2853 | RawAddress *Alloca = nullptr) { |
| 2854 | return CreateTempAlloca(Ty, UseAddrSpace: LangAS::Default, align, Name, ArraySize, |
| 2855 | Alloca); |
| 2856 | } |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | RawAddress CreateTempAllocaWithoutCast(llvm::Type *Ty, CharUnits align, |
| 2859 | const Twine &Name = "tmp" , |
| 2860 | llvm::Value *ArraySize = nullptr); |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 | /// CreateDefaultAlignedTempAlloca - This creates an alloca with the |
| 2863 | /// default ABI alignment of the given LLVM type. |
| 2864 | /// |
| 2865 | /// IMPORTANT NOTE: This is *not* generally the right alignment for |
| 2866 | /// any given AST type that happens to have been lowered to the |
| 2867 | /// given IR type. This should only ever be used for function-local, |
| 2868 | /// IR-driven manipulations like saving and restoring a value. Do |
| 2869 | /// not hand this address off to arbitrary IRGen routines, and especially |
| 2870 | /// do not pass it as an argument to a function that might expect a |
| 2871 | /// properly ABI-aligned value. |
| 2872 | RawAddress CreateDefaultAlignTempAlloca(llvm::Type *Ty, |
| 2873 | const Twine &Name = "tmp" ); |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 | /// CreateIRTemp - Create a temporary IR object of the given type, with |
| 2876 | /// appropriate alignment. This routine should only be used when an temporary |
| 2877 | /// value needs to be stored into an alloca (for example, to avoid explicit |
| 2878 | /// PHI construction), but the type is the IR type, not the type appropriate |
| 2879 | /// for storing in memory. |
| 2880 | /// |
| 2881 | /// That is, this is exactly equivalent to CreateMemTemp, but calling |
| 2882 | /// ConvertType instead of ConvertTypeForMem. |
| 2883 | RawAddress CreateIRTemp(QualType T, const Twine &Name = "tmp" ); |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | /// CreateMemTemp - Create a temporary memory object of the given type, with |
| 2886 | /// appropriate alignmen and cast it to the default address space. Returns |
| 2887 | /// the original alloca instruction by \p Alloca if it is not nullptr. |
| 2888 | RawAddress CreateMemTemp(QualType T, const Twine &Name = "tmp" , |
| 2889 | RawAddress *Alloca = nullptr); |
| 2890 | RawAddress CreateMemTemp(QualType T, CharUnits Align, |
| 2891 | const Twine &Name = "tmp" , |
| 2892 | RawAddress *Alloca = nullptr); |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 | /// CreateMemTemp - Create a temporary memory object of the given type, with |
| 2895 | /// appropriate alignmen without casting it to the default address space. |
| 2896 | RawAddress CreateMemTempWithoutCast(QualType T, const Twine &Name = "tmp" ); |
| 2897 | RawAddress CreateMemTempWithoutCast(QualType T, CharUnits Align, |
| 2898 | const Twine &Name = "tmp" ); |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | /// CreateAggTemp - Create a temporary memory object for the given |
| 2901 | /// aggregate type. |
| 2902 | AggValueSlot CreateAggTemp(QualType T, const Twine &Name = "tmp" , |
| 2903 | RawAddress *Alloca = nullptr) { |
| 2904 | return AggValueSlot::forAddr( |
| 2905 | addr: CreateMemTemp(T, Name, Alloca), quals: T.getQualifiers(), |
| 2906 | isDestructed: AggValueSlot::IsNotDestructed, needsGC: AggValueSlot::DoesNotNeedGCBarriers, |
| 2907 | isAliased: AggValueSlot::IsNotAliased, mayOverlap: AggValueSlot::DoesNotOverlap); |
| 2908 | } |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 | /// EvaluateExprAsBool - Perform the usual unary conversions on the specified |
| 2911 | /// expression and compare the result against zero, returning an Int1Ty value. |
| 2912 | llvm::Value *EvaluateExprAsBool(const Expr *E); |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | /// Retrieve the implicit cast expression of the rhs in a binary operator |
| 2915 | /// expression by passing pointers to Value and QualType |
| 2916 | /// This is used for implicit bitfield conversion checks, which |
| 2917 | /// must compare with the value before potential truncation. |
| 2918 | llvm::Value *EmitWithOriginalRHSBitfieldAssignment(const BinaryOperator *E, |
| 2919 | llvm::Value **Previous, |
| 2920 | QualType *SrcType); |
| 2921 | |
| 2922 | /// Emit a check that an [implicit] conversion of a bitfield. It is not UB, |
| 2923 | /// so we use the value after conversion. |
| 2924 | void EmitBitfieldConversionCheck(llvm::Value *Src, QualType SrcType, |
| 2925 | llvm::Value *Dst, QualType DstType, |
| 2926 | const CGBitFieldInfo &Info, |
| 2927 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 | /// EmitIgnoredExpr - Emit an expression in a context which ignores the |
| 2930 | /// result. |
| 2931 | void EmitIgnoredExpr(const Expr *E); |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 | /// EmitAnyExpr - Emit code to compute the specified expression which can have |
| 2934 | /// any type. The result is returned as an RValue struct. If this is an |
| 2935 | /// aggregate expression, the aggloc/agglocvolatile arguments indicate where |
| 2936 | /// the result should be returned. |
| 2937 | /// |
| 2938 | /// \param ignoreResult True if the resulting value isn't used. |
| 2939 | RValue EmitAnyExpr(const Expr *E, |
| 2940 | AggValueSlot aggSlot = AggValueSlot::ignored(), |
| 2941 | bool ignoreResult = false); |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | // EmitVAListRef - Emit a "reference" to a va_list; this is either the address |
| 2944 | // or the value of the expression, depending on how va_list is defined. |
| 2945 | Address EmitVAListRef(const Expr *E); |
| 2946 | |
| 2947 | /// Emit a "reference" to a __builtin_ms_va_list; this is |
| 2948 | /// always the value of the expression, because a __builtin_ms_va_list is a |
| 2949 | /// pointer to a char. |
| 2950 | Address EmitMSVAListRef(const Expr *E); |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | /// EmitAnyExprToTemp - Similarly to EmitAnyExpr(), however, the result will |
| 2953 | /// always be accessible even if no aggregate location is provided. |
| 2954 | RValue EmitAnyExprToTemp(const Expr *E); |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | /// EmitAnyExprToMem - Emits the code necessary to evaluate an |
| 2957 | /// arbitrary expression into the given memory location. |
| 2958 | void EmitAnyExprToMem(const Expr *E, Address Location, Qualifiers Quals, |
| 2959 | bool IsInitializer); |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | void EmitAnyExprToExn(const Expr *E, Address Addr); |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 | /// EmitInitializationToLValue - Emit an initializer to an LValue. |
| 2964 | void EmitInitializationToLValue( |
| 2965 | const Expr *E, LValue LV, |
| 2966 | AggValueSlot::IsZeroed_t IsZeroed = AggValueSlot::IsNotZeroed); |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | /// EmitExprAsInit - Emits the code necessary to initialize a |
| 2969 | /// location in memory with the given initializer. |
| 2970 | void EmitExprAsInit(const Expr *init, const ValueDecl *D, LValue lvalue, |
| 2971 | bool capturedByInit); |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | /// hasVolatileMember - returns true if aggregate type has a volatile |
| 2974 | /// member. |
| 2975 | bool hasVolatileMember(QualType T) { |
| 2976 | if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| 2977 | const RecordDecl *RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Val: RT->getDecl()); |
| 2978 | return RD->hasVolatileMember(); |
| 2979 | } |
| 2980 | return false; |
| 2981 | } |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | /// Determine whether a return value slot may overlap some other object. |
| 2984 | AggValueSlot::Overlap_t getOverlapForReturnValue() { |
| 2985 | // FIXME: Assuming no overlap here breaks guaranteed copy elision for base |
| 2986 | // class subobjects. These cases may need to be revisited depending on the |
| 2987 | // resolution of the relevant core issue. |
| 2988 | return AggValueSlot::DoesNotOverlap; |
| 2989 | } |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 | /// Determine whether a field initialization may overlap some other object. |
| 2992 | AggValueSlot::Overlap_t getOverlapForFieldInit(const FieldDecl *FD); |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | /// Determine whether a base class initialization may overlap some other |
| 2995 | /// object. |
| 2996 | AggValueSlot::Overlap_t getOverlapForBaseInit(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 2997 | const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD, |
| 2998 | bool IsVirtual); |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | /// Emit an aggregate assignment. |
| 3001 | void EmitAggregateAssign(LValue Dest, LValue Src, QualType EltTy) { |
| 3002 | ApplyAtomGroup Grp(getDebugInfo()); |
| 3003 | bool IsVolatile = hasVolatileMember(T: EltTy); |
| 3004 | EmitAggregateCopy(Dest, Src, EltTy, MayOverlap: AggValueSlot::MayOverlap, isVolatile: IsVolatile); |
| 3005 | } |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 | void EmitAggregateCopyCtor(LValue Dest, LValue Src, |
| 3008 | AggValueSlot::Overlap_t MayOverlap) { |
| 3009 | EmitAggregateCopy(Dest, Src, EltTy: Src.getType(), MayOverlap); |
| 3010 | } |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 | /// EmitAggregateCopy - Emit an aggregate copy. |
| 3013 | /// |
| 3014 | /// \param isVolatile \c true iff either the source or the destination is |
| 3015 | /// volatile. |
| 3016 | /// \param MayOverlap Whether the tail padding of the destination might be |
| 3017 | /// occupied by some other object. More efficient code can often be |
| 3018 | /// generated if not. |
| 3019 | void EmitAggregateCopy(LValue Dest, LValue Src, QualType EltTy, |
| 3020 | AggValueSlot::Overlap_t MayOverlap, |
| 3021 | bool isVolatile = false); |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | /// GetAddrOfLocalVar - Return the address of a local variable. |
| 3024 | Address GetAddrOfLocalVar(const VarDecl *VD) { |
| 3025 | auto it = LocalDeclMap.find(Val: VD); |
| 3026 | assert(it != LocalDeclMap.end() && |
| 3027 | "Invalid argument to GetAddrOfLocalVar(), no decl!" ); |
| 3028 | return it->second; |
| 3029 | } |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 | /// Given an opaque value expression, return its LValue mapping if it exists, |
| 3032 | /// otherwise create one. |
| 3033 | LValue getOrCreateOpaqueLValueMapping(const OpaqueValueExpr *e); |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | /// Given an opaque value expression, return its RValue mapping if it exists, |
| 3036 | /// otherwise create one. |
| 3037 | RValue getOrCreateOpaqueRValueMapping(const OpaqueValueExpr *e); |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | /// isOpaqueValueEmitted - Return true if the opaque value expression has |
| 3040 | /// already been emitted. |
| 3041 | bool isOpaqueValueEmitted(const OpaqueValueExpr *E); |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | /// Get the index of the current ArrayInitLoopExpr, if any. |
| 3044 | llvm::Value *getArrayInitIndex() { return ArrayInitIndex; } |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | /// getAccessedFieldNo - Given an encoded value and a result number, return |
| 3047 | /// the input field number being accessed. |
| 3048 | static unsigned getAccessedFieldNo(unsigned Idx, const llvm::Constant *Elts); |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | llvm::BlockAddress *GetAddrOfLabel(const LabelDecl *L); |
| 3051 | llvm::BasicBlock *GetIndirectGotoBlock(); |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 | /// Check if \p E is a C++ "this" pointer wrapped in value-preserving casts. |
| 3054 | static bool IsWrappedCXXThis(const Expr *E); |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | /// EmitNullInitialization - Generate code to set a value of the given type to |
| 3057 | /// null, If the type contains data member pointers, they will be initialized |
| 3058 | /// to -1 in accordance with the Itanium C++ ABI. |
| 3059 | void EmitNullInitialization(Address DestPtr, QualType Ty); |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | /// Emits a call to an LLVM variable-argument intrinsic, either |
| 3062 | /// \c llvm.va_start or \c llvm.va_end. |
| 3063 | /// \param ArgValue A reference to the \c va_list as emitted by either |
| 3064 | /// \c EmitVAListRef or \c EmitMSVAListRef. |
| 3065 | /// \param IsStart If \c true, emits a call to \c llvm.va_start; otherwise, |
| 3066 | /// calls \c llvm.va_end. |
| 3067 | llvm::Value *EmitVAStartEnd(llvm::Value *ArgValue, bool IsStart); |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | /// Generate code to get an argument from the passed in pointer |
| 3070 | /// and update it accordingly. |
| 3071 | /// \param VE The \c VAArgExpr for which to generate code. |
| 3072 | /// \param VAListAddr Receives a reference to the \c va_list as emitted by |
| 3073 | /// either \c EmitVAListRef or \c EmitMSVAListRef. |
| 3074 | /// \returns A pointer to the argument. |
| 3075 | // FIXME: We should be able to get rid of this method and use the va_arg |
| 3076 | // instruction in LLVM instead once it works well enough. |
| 3077 | RValue EmitVAArg(VAArgExpr *VE, Address &VAListAddr, |
| 3078 | AggValueSlot Slot = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 | /// emitArrayLength - Compute the length of an array, even if it's a |
| 3081 | /// VLA, and drill down to the base element type. |
| 3082 | llvm::Value *emitArrayLength(const ArrayType *arrayType, QualType &baseType, |
| 3083 | Address &addr); |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | /// EmitVLASize - Capture all the sizes for the VLA expressions in |
| 3086 | /// the given variably-modified type and store them in the VLASizeMap. |
| 3087 | /// |
| 3088 | /// This function can be called with a null (unreachable) insert point. |
| 3089 | void EmitVariablyModifiedType(QualType Ty); |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | struct VlaSizePair { |
| 3092 | llvm::Value *NumElts; |
| 3093 | QualType Type; |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | VlaSizePair(llvm::Value *NE, QualType T) : NumElts(NE), Type(T) {} |
| 3096 | }; |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | /// Return the number of elements for a single dimension |
| 3099 | /// for the given array type. |
| 3100 | VlaSizePair getVLAElements1D(const VariableArrayType *vla); |
| 3101 | VlaSizePair getVLAElements1D(QualType vla); |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 | /// Returns an LLVM value that corresponds to the size, |
| 3104 | /// in non-variably-sized elements, of a variable length array type, |
| 3105 | /// plus that largest non-variably-sized element type. Assumes that |
| 3106 | /// the type has already been emitted with EmitVariablyModifiedType. |
| 3107 | VlaSizePair getVLASize(const VariableArrayType *vla); |
| 3108 | VlaSizePair getVLASize(QualType vla); |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 | /// LoadCXXThis - Load the value of 'this'. This function is only valid while |
| 3111 | /// generating code for an C++ member function. |
| 3112 | llvm::Value *LoadCXXThis() { |
| 3113 | assert(CXXThisValue && "no 'this' value for this function" ); |
| 3114 | return CXXThisValue; |
| 3115 | } |
| 3116 | Address LoadCXXThisAddress(); |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 | /// LoadCXXVTT - Load the VTT parameter to base constructors/destructors have |
| 3119 | /// virtual bases. |
| 3120 | // FIXME: Every place that calls LoadCXXVTT is something |
| 3121 | // that needs to be abstracted properly. |
| 3122 | llvm::Value *LoadCXXVTT() { |
| 3123 | assert(CXXStructorImplicitParamValue && "no VTT value for this function" ); |
| 3124 | return CXXStructorImplicitParamValue; |
| 3125 | } |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | /// GetAddressOfBaseOfCompleteClass - Convert the given pointer to a |
| 3128 | /// complete class to the given direct base. |
| 3129 | Address GetAddressOfDirectBaseInCompleteClass(Address Value, |
| 3130 | const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, |
| 3131 | const CXXRecordDecl *Base, |
| 3132 | bool BaseIsVirtual); |
| 3133 | |
| 3134 | static bool ShouldNullCheckClassCastValue(const CastExpr *Cast); |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 | /// GetAddressOfBaseClass - This function will add the necessary delta to the |
| 3137 | /// load of 'this' and returns address of the base class. |
| 3138 | Address GetAddressOfBaseClass(Address Value, const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, |
| 3139 | CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathBegin, |
| 3140 | CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathEnd, |
| 3141 | bool NullCheckValue, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3142 | |
| 3143 | Address GetAddressOfDerivedClass(Address Value, const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, |
| 3144 | CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathBegin, |
| 3145 | CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathEnd, |
| 3146 | bool NullCheckValue); |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | /// GetVTTParameter - Return the VTT parameter that should be passed to a |
| 3149 | /// base constructor/destructor with virtual bases. |
| 3150 | /// FIXME: VTTs are Itanium ABI-specific, so the definition should move |
| 3151 | /// to ItaniumCXXABI.cpp together with all the references to VTT. |
| 3152 | llvm::Value *GetVTTParameter(GlobalDecl GD, bool ForVirtualBase, |
| 3153 | bool Delegating); |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 | void EmitDelegateCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, |
| 3156 | CXXCtorType CtorType, |
| 3157 | const FunctionArgList &Args, |
| 3158 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3159 | // It's important not to confuse this and the previous function. Delegating |
| 3160 | // constructors are the C++0x feature. The constructor delegate optimization |
| 3161 | // is used to reduce duplication in the base and complete consturctors where |
| 3162 | // they are substantially the same. |
| 3163 | void EmitDelegatingCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, |
| 3164 | const FunctionArgList &Args); |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | /// Emit a call to an inheriting constructor (that is, one that invokes a |
| 3167 | /// constructor inherited from a base class) by inlining its definition. This |
| 3168 | /// is necessary if the ABI does not support forwarding the arguments to the |
| 3169 | /// base class constructor (because they're variadic or similar). |
| 3170 | void EmitInlinedInheritingCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor, |
| 3171 | CXXCtorType CtorType, |
| 3172 | bool ForVirtualBase, |
| 3173 | bool Delegating, |
| 3174 | CallArgList &Args); |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | /// Emit a call to a constructor inherited from a base class, passing the |
| 3177 | /// current constructor's arguments along unmodified (without even making |
| 3178 | /// a copy). |
| 3179 | void EmitInheritedCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
| 3180 | bool ForVirtualBase, Address This, |
| 3181 | bool InheritedFromVBase, |
| 3182 | const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E); |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | void EmitCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, CXXCtorType Type, |
| 3185 | bool ForVirtualBase, bool Delegating, |
| 3186 | AggValueSlot ThisAVS, const CXXConstructExpr *E); |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | void EmitCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, CXXCtorType Type, |
| 3189 | bool ForVirtualBase, bool Delegating, |
| 3190 | Address This, CallArgList &Args, |
| 3191 | AggValueSlot::Overlap_t Overlap, |
| 3192 | SourceLocation Loc, bool NewPointerIsChecked, |
| 3193 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke = nullptr); |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 | /// Emit assumption load for all bases. Requires to be called only on |
| 3196 | /// most-derived class and not under construction of the object. |
| 3197 | void EmitVTableAssumptionLoads(const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, Address This); |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | /// Emit assumption that vptr load == global vtable. |
| 3200 | void EmitVTableAssumptionLoad(const VPtr &vptr, Address This); |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 | void EmitSynthesizedCXXCopyCtorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, Address This, |
| 3203 | Address Src, const CXXConstructExpr *E); |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | void EmitCXXAggrConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
| 3206 | const ArrayType *ArrayTy, Address ArrayPtr, |
| 3207 | const CXXConstructExpr *E, |
| 3208 | bool NewPointerIsChecked, |
| 3209 | bool ZeroInitialization = false); |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | void EmitCXXAggrConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
| 3212 | llvm::Value *NumElements, Address ArrayPtr, |
| 3213 | const CXXConstructExpr *E, |
| 3214 | bool NewPointerIsChecked, |
| 3215 | bool ZeroInitialization = false); |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | static Destroyer destroyCXXObject; |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | void EmitCXXDestructorCall(const CXXDestructorDecl *D, CXXDtorType Type, |
| 3220 | bool ForVirtualBase, bool Delegating, Address This, |
| 3221 | QualType ThisTy); |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | void EmitNewArrayInitializer(const CXXNewExpr *E, QualType elementType, |
| 3224 | llvm::Type *ElementTy, Address NewPtr, |
| 3225 | llvm::Value *NumElements, |
| 3226 | llvm::Value *AllocSizeWithoutCookie); |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | void EmitCXXTemporary(const CXXTemporary *Temporary, QualType TempType, |
| 3229 | Address Ptr); |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | void EmitSehCppScopeBegin(); |
| 3232 | void EmitSehCppScopeEnd(); |
| 3233 | void EmitSehTryScopeBegin(); |
| 3234 | void EmitSehTryScopeEnd(); |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | llvm::Value *EmitLifetimeStart(llvm::TypeSize Size, llvm::Value *Addr); |
| 3237 | void EmitLifetimeEnd(llvm::Value *Size, llvm::Value *Addr); |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | llvm::Value *EmitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E); |
| 3240 | void EmitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E); |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 | void EmitDeleteCall(const FunctionDecl *DeleteFD, llvm::Value *Ptr, |
| 3243 | QualType DeleteTy, llvm::Value *NumElements = nullptr, |
| 3244 | CharUnits CookieSize = CharUnits()); |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | RValue EmitBuiltinNewDeleteCall(const FunctionProtoType *Type, |
| 3247 | const CallExpr *TheCallExpr, bool IsDelete); |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 | llvm::Value *EmitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E); |
| 3250 | llvm::Value *EmitDynamicCast(Address V, const CXXDynamicCastExpr *DCE); |
| 3251 | Address EmitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E); |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | /// Situations in which we might emit a check for the suitability of a |
| 3254 | /// pointer or glvalue. Needs to be kept in sync with ubsan_handlers.cpp in |
| 3255 | /// compiler-rt. |
| 3256 | enum TypeCheckKind { |
| 3257 | /// Checking the operand of a load. Must be suitably sized and aligned. |
| 3258 | TCK_Load, |
| 3259 | /// Checking the destination of a store. Must be suitably sized and aligned. |
| 3260 | TCK_Store, |
| 3261 | /// Checking the bound value in a reference binding. Must be suitably sized |
| 3262 | /// and aligned, but is not required to refer to an object (until the |
| 3263 | /// reference is used), per core issue 453. |
| 3264 | TCK_ReferenceBinding, |
| 3265 | /// Checking the object expression in a non-static data member access. Must |
| 3266 | /// be an object within its lifetime. |
| 3267 | TCK_MemberAccess, |
| 3268 | /// Checking the 'this' pointer for a call to a non-static member function. |
| 3269 | /// Must be an object within its lifetime. |
| 3270 | TCK_MemberCall, |
| 3271 | /// Checking the 'this' pointer for a constructor call. |
| 3272 | TCK_ConstructorCall, |
| 3273 | /// Checking the operand of a static_cast to a derived pointer type. Must be |
| 3274 | /// null or an object within its lifetime. |
| 3275 | TCK_DowncastPointer, |
| 3276 | /// Checking the operand of a static_cast to a derived reference type. Must |
| 3277 | /// be an object within its lifetime. |
| 3278 | TCK_DowncastReference, |
| 3279 | /// Checking the operand of a cast to a base object. Must be suitably sized |
| 3280 | /// and aligned. |
| 3281 | TCK_Upcast, |
| 3282 | /// Checking the operand of a cast to a virtual base object. Must be an |
| 3283 | /// object within its lifetime. |
| 3284 | TCK_UpcastToVirtualBase, |
| 3285 | /// Checking the value assigned to a _Nonnull pointer. Must not be null. |
| 3286 | TCK_NonnullAssign, |
| 3287 | /// Checking the operand of a dynamic_cast or a typeid expression. Must be |
| 3288 | /// null or an object within its lifetime. |
| 3289 | TCK_DynamicOperation |
| 3290 | }; |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 | /// Determine whether the pointer type check \p TCK permits null pointers. |
| 3293 | static bool isNullPointerAllowed(TypeCheckKind TCK); |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 | /// Determine whether the pointer type check \p TCK requires a vptr check. |
| 3296 | static bool isVptrCheckRequired(TypeCheckKind TCK, QualType Ty); |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 | /// Whether any type-checking sanitizers are enabled. If \c false, |
| 3299 | /// calls to EmitTypeCheck can be skipped. |
| 3300 | bool sanitizePerformTypeCheck() const; |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 | void EmitTypeCheck(TypeCheckKind TCK, SourceLocation Loc, LValue LV, |
| 3303 | QualType Type, SanitizerSet SkippedChecks = SanitizerSet(), |
| 3304 | llvm::Value *ArraySize = nullptr) { |
| 3305 | if (!sanitizePerformTypeCheck()) |
| 3306 | return; |
| 3307 | EmitTypeCheck(TCK, Loc, V: LV.emitRawPointer(CGF&: *this), Type, Alignment: LV.getAlignment(), |
| 3308 | SkippedChecks, ArraySize); |
| 3309 | } |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 | void EmitTypeCheck(TypeCheckKind TCK, SourceLocation Loc, Address Addr, |
| 3312 | QualType Type, CharUnits Alignment = CharUnits::Zero(), |
| 3313 | SanitizerSet SkippedChecks = SanitizerSet(), |
| 3314 | llvm::Value *ArraySize = nullptr) { |
| 3315 | if (!sanitizePerformTypeCheck()) |
| 3316 | return; |
| 3317 | EmitTypeCheck(TCK, Loc, V: Addr.emitRawPointer(CGF&: *this), Type, Alignment, |
| 3318 | SkippedChecks, ArraySize); |
| 3319 | } |
| 3320 | |
| 3321 | /// Emit a check that \p V is the address of storage of the |
| 3322 | /// appropriate size and alignment for an object of type \p Type |
| 3323 | /// (or if ArraySize is provided, for an array of that bound). |
| 3324 | void EmitTypeCheck(TypeCheckKind TCK, SourceLocation Loc, llvm::Value *V, |
| 3325 | QualType Type, CharUnits Alignment = CharUnits::Zero(), |
| 3326 | SanitizerSet SkippedChecks = SanitizerSet(), |
| 3327 | llvm::Value *ArraySize = nullptr); |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 | /// Emit a check that \p Base points into an array object, which |
| 3330 | /// we can access at index \p Index. \p Accessed should be \c false if we |
| 3331 | /// this expression is used as an lvalue, for instance in "&Arr[Idx]". |
| 3332 | void EmitBoundsCheck(const Expr *E, const Expr *Base, llvm::Value *Index, |
| 3333 | QualType IndexType, bool Accessed); |
| 3334 | void EmitBoundsCheckImpl(const Expr *E, llvm::Value *Bound, |
| 3335 | llvm::Value *Index, QualType IndexType, |
| 3336 | QualType IndexedType, bool Accessed); |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | /// Returns debug info, with additional annotation if |
| 3339 | /// CGM.getCodeGenOpts().SanitizeAnnotateDebugInfo[Ordinal] is enabled for |
| 3340 | /// any of the ordinals. |
| 3341 | llvm::DILocation * |
| 3342 | SanitizerAnnotateDebugInfo(ArrayRef<SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal> Ordinals, |
| 3343 | SanitizerHandler Handler); |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | llvm::Value *GetCountedByFieldExprGEP(const Expr *Base, const FieldDecl *FD, |
| 3346 | const FieldDecl *CountDecl); |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | /// Build an expression accessing the "counted_by" field. |
| 3349 | llvm::Value *EmitLoadOfCountedByField(const Expr *Base, const FieldDecl *FD, |
| 3350 | const FieldDecl *CountDecl); |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | // Emit bounds checking for flexible array and pointer members with the |
| 3353 | // counted_by attribute. |
| 3354 | void EmitCountedByBoundsChecking(const Expr *E, llvm::Value *Idx, |
| 3355 | Address Addr, QualType IdxTy, |
| 3356 | QualType ArrayTy, bool Accessed, |
| 3357 | bool FlexibleArray); |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 | llvm::Value *EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *E, LValue LV, |
| 3360 | bool isInc, bool isPre); |
| 3361 | ComplexPairTy EmitComplexPrePostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *E, LValue LV, |
| 3362 | bool isInc, bool isPre); |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | /// Converts Location to a DebugLoc, if debug information is enabled. |
| 3365 | llvm::DebugLoc SourceLocToDebugLoc(SourceLocation Location); |
| 3366 | |
| 3367 | /// Get the record field index as represented in debug info. |
| 3368 | unsigned getDebugInfoFIndex(const RecordDecl *Rec, unsigned FieldIndex); |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3371 | // Declaration Emission |
| 3372 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | /// EmitDecl - Emit a declaration. |
| 3375 | /// |
| 3376 | /// This function can be called with a null (unreachable) insert point. |
| 3377 | void EmitDecl(const Decl &D, bool EvaluateConditionDecl = false); |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | /// EmitVarDecl - Emit a local variable declaration. |
| 3380 | /// |
| 3381 | /// This function can be called with a null (unreachable) insert point. |
| 3382 | void EmitVarDecl(const VarDecl &D); |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | void EmitScalarInit(const Expr *init, const ValueDecl *D, LValue lvalue, |
| 3385 | bool capturedByInit); |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | typedef void SpecialInitFn(CodeGenFunction &Init, const VarDecl &D, |
| 3388 | llvm::Value *Address); |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 | /// Determine whether the given initializer is trivial in the sense |
| 3391 | /// that it requires no code to be generated. |
| 3392 | bool isTrivialInitializer(const Expr *Init); |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 | /// EmitAutoVarDecl - Emit an auto variable declaration. |
| 3395 | /// |
| 3396 | /// This function can be called with a null (unreachable) insert point. |
| 3397 | void EmitAutoVarDecl(const VarDecl &D); |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 | class AutoVarEmission { |
| 3400 | friend class CodeGenFunction; |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | const VarDecl *Variable; |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | /// The address of the alloca for languages with explicit address space |
| 3405 | /// (e.g. OpenCL) or alloca casted to generic pointer for address space |
| 3406 | /// agnostic languages (e.g. C++). Invalid if the variable was emitted |
| 3407 | /// as a global constant. |
| 3408 | Address Addr; |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 | llvm::Value *NRVOFlag; |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 | /// True if the variable is a __block variable that is captured by an |
| 3413 | /// escaping block. |
| 3414 | bool IsEscapingByRef; |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | /// True if the variable is of aggregate type and has a constant |
| 3417 | /// initializer. |
| 3418 | bool IsConstantAggregate; |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | /// Non-null if we should use lifetime annotations. |
| 3421 | llvm::Value *SizeForLifetimeMarkers; |
| 3422 | |
| 3423 | /// Address with original alloca instruction. Invalid if the variable was |
| 3424 | /// emitted as a global constant. |
| 3425 | RawAddress AllocaAddr; |
| 3426 | |
| 3427 | struct Invalid {}; |
| 3428 | AutoVarEmission(Invalid) |
| 3429 | : Variable(nullptr), Addr(Address::invalid()), |
| 3430 | AllocaAddr(RawAddress::invalid()) {} |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 | AutoVarEmission(const VarDecl &variable) |
| 3433 | : Variable(&variable), Addr(Address::invalid()), NRVOFlag(nullptr), |
| 3434 | IsEscapingByRef(false), IsConstantAggregate(false), |
| 3435 | SizeForLifetimeMarkers(nullptr), AllocaAddr(RawAddress::invalid()) {} |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 | bool wasEmittedAsGlobal() const { return !Addr.isValid(); } |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | public: |
| 3440 | static AutoVarEmission invalid() { return AutoVarEmission(Invalid()); } |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | bool useLifetimeMarkers() const { |
| 3443 | return SizeForLifetimeMarkers != nullptr; |
| 3444 | } |
| 3445 | llvm::Value *getSizeForLifetimeMarkers() const { |
| 3446 | assert(useLifetimeMarkers()); |
| 3447 | return SizeForLifetimeMarkers; |
| 3448 | } |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 | /// Returns the raw, allocated address, which is not necessarily |
| 3451 | /// the address of the object itself. It is casted to default |
| 3452 | /// address space for address space agnostic languages. |
| 3453 | Address getAllocatedAddress() const { return Addr; } |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 | /// Returns the address for the original alloca instruction. |
| 3456 | RawAddress getOriginalAllocatedAddress() const { return AllocaAddr; } |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 | /// Returns the address of the object within this declaration. |
| 3459 | /// Note that this does not chase the forwarding pointer for |
| 3460 | /// __block decls. |
| 3461 | Address getObjectAddress(CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
| 3462 | if (!IsEscapingByRef) |
| 3463 | return Addr; |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 | return CGF.emitBlockByrefAddress(baseAddr: Addr, V: Variable, /*forward*/ followForward: false); |
| 3466 | } |
| 3467 | }; |
| 3468 | AutoVarEmission EmitAutoVarAlloca(const VarDecl &var); |
| 3469 | void EmitAutoVarInit(const AutoVarEmission &emission); |
| 3470 | void EmitAutoVarCleanups(const AutoVarEmission &emission); |
| 3471 | void emitAutoVarTypeCleanup(const AutoVarEmission &emission, |
| 3472 | QualType::DestructionKind dtorKind); |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | void MaybeEmitDeferredVarDeclInit(const VarDecl *var); |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | /// Emits the alloca and debug information for the size expressions for each |
| 3477 | /// dimension of an array. It registers the association of its (1-dimensional) |
| 3478 | /// QualTypes and size expression's debug node, so that CGDebugInfo can |
| 3479 | /// reference this node when creating the DISubrange object to describe the |
| 3480 | /// array types. |
| 3481 | void EmitAndRegisterVariableArrayDimensions(CGDebugInfo *DI, const VarDecl &D, |
| 3482 | bool EmitDebugInfo); |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 | void EmitStaticVarDecl(const VarDecl &D, |
| 3485 | llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes Linkage); |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 | class ParamValue { |
| 3488 | union { |
| 3489 | Address Addr; |
| 3490 | llvm::Value *Value; |
| 3491 | }; |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 | bool IsIndirect; |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | ParamValue(llvm::Value *V) : Value(V), IsIndirect(false) {} |
| 3496 | ParamValue(Address A) : Addr(A), IsIndirect(true) {} |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | public: |
| 3499 | static ParamValue forDirect(llvm::Value *value) { |
| 3500 | return ParamValue(value); |
| 3501 | } |
| 3502 | static ParamValue forIndirect(Address addr) { |
| 3503 | assert(!addr.getAlignment().isZero()); |
| 3504 | return ParamValue(addr); |
| 3505 | } |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 | bool isIndirect() const { return IsIndirect; } |
| 3508 | llvm::Value *getAnyValue() const { |
| 3509 | if (!isIndirect()) |
| 3510 | return Value; |
| 3511 | assert(!Addr.hasOffset() && "unexpected offset" ); |
| 3512 | return Addr.getBasePointer(); |
| 3513 | } |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 | llvm::Value *getDirectValue() const { |
| 3516 | assert(!isIndirect()); |
| 3517 | return Value; |
| 3518 | } |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 | Address getIndirectAddress() const { |
| 3521 | assert(isIndirect()); |
| 3522 | return Addr; |
| 3523 | } |
| 3524 | }; |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | /// EmitParmDecl - Emit a ParmVarDecl or an ImplicitParamDecl. |
| 3527 | void EmitParmDecl(const VarDecl &D, ParamValue Arg, unsigned ArgNo); |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | /// protectFromPeepholes - Protect a value that we're intending to |
| 3530 | /// store to the side, but which will probably be used later, from |
| 3531 | /// aggressive peepholing optimizations that might delete it. |
| 3532 | /// |
| 3533 | /// Pass the result to unprotectFromPeepholes to declare that |
| 3534 | /// protection is no longer required. |
| 3535 | /// |
| 3536 | /// There's no particular reason why this shouldn't apply to |
| 3537 | /// l-values, it's just that no existing peepholes work on pointers. |
| 3538 | PeepholeProtection protectFromPeepholes(RValue rvalue); |
| 3539 | void unprotectFromPeepholes(PeepholeProtection protection); |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 | void emitAlignmentAssumptionCheck(llvm::Value *Ptr, QualType Ty, |
| 3542 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3543 | SourceLocation AssumptionLoc, |
| 3544 | llvm::Value *Alignment, |
| 3545 | llvm::Value *OffsetValue, |
| 3546 | llvm::Value *TheCheck, |
| 3547 | llvm::Instruction *Assumption); |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 | void emitAlignmentAssumption(llvm::Value *PtrValue, QualType Ty, |
| 3550 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation AssumptionLoc, |
| 3551 | llvm::Value *Alignment, |
| 3552 | llvm::Value *OffsetValue = nullptr); |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | void emitAlignmentAssumption(llvm::Value *PtrValue, const Expr *E, |
| 3555 | SourceLocation AssumptionLoc, |
| 3556 | llvm::Value *Alignment, |
| 3557 | llvm::Value *OffsetValue = nullptr); |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3560 | // Statement Emission |
| 3561 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | /// EmitStopPoint - Emit a debug stoppoint if we are emitting debug info. |
| 3564 | void EmitStopPoint(const Stmt *S); |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | /// EmitStmt - Emit the code for the statement \arg S. It is legal to call |
| 3567 | /// this function even if there is no current insertion point. |
| 3568 | /// |
| 3569 | /// This function may clear the current insertion point; callers should use |
| 3570 | /// EnsureInsertPoint if they wish to subsequently generate code without first |
| 3571 | /// calling EmitBlock, EmitBranch, or EmitStmt. |
| 3572 | void EmitStmt(const Stmt *S, ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs = {}); |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | /// EmitSimpleStmt - Try to emit a "simple" statement which does not |
| 3575 | /// necessarily require an insertion point or debug information; typically |
| 3576 | /// because the statement amounts to a jump or a container of other |
| 3577 | /// statements. |
| 3578 | /// |
| 3579 | /// \return True if the statement was handled. |
| 3580 | bool EmitSimpleStmt(const Stmt *S, ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs); |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | Address EmitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt &S, bool GetLast = false, |
| 3583 | AggValueSlot AVS = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 3584 | Address |
| 3585 | EmitCompoundStmtWithoutScope(const CompoundStmt &S, bool GetLast = false, |
| 3586 | AggValueSlot AVS = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | /// EmitLabel - Emit the block for the given label. It is legal to call this |
| 3589 | /// function even if there is no current insertion point. |
| 3590 | void EmitLabel(const LabelDecl *D); // helper for EmitLabelStmt. |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 | void EmitLabelStmt(const LabelStmt &S); |
| 3593 | void EmitAttributedStmt(const AttributedStmt &S); |
| 3594 | void EmitGotoStmt(const GotoStmt &S); |
| 3595 | void EmitIndirectGotoStmt(const IndirectGotoStmt &S); |
| 3596 | void EmitIfStmt(const IfStmt &S); |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 | void EmitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt &S, ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs = {}); |
| 3599 | void EmitDoStmt(const DoStmt &S, ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs = {}); |
| 3600 | void EmitForStmt(const ForStmt &S, ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs = {}); |
| 3601 | void EmitReturnStmt(const ReturnStmt &S); |
| 3602 | void EmitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt &S); |
| 3603 | void EmitBreakStmt(const BreakStmt &S); |
| 3604 | void EmitContinueStmt(const ContinueStmt &S); |
| 3605 | void EmitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt &S); |
| 3606 | void EmitDefaultStmt(const DefaultStmt &S, ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs); |
| 3607 | void EmitCaseStmt(const CaseStmt &S, ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs); |
| 3608 | void EmitCaseStmtRange(const CaseStmt &S, ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs); |
| 3609 | void EmitAsmStmt(const AsmStmt &S); |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | void EmitObjCForCollectionStmt(const ObjCForCollectionStmt &S); |
| 3612 | void EmitObjCAtTryStmt(const ObjCAtTryStmt &S); |
| 3613 | void EmitObjCAtThrowStmt(const ObjCAtThrowStmt &S); |
| 3614 | void EmitObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(const ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt &S); |
| 3615 | void EmitObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(const ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt &S); |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | void EmitCoroutineBody(const CoroutineBodyStmt &S); |
| 3618 | void EmitCoreturnStmt(const CoreturnStmt &S); |
| 3619 | RValue EmitCoawaitExpr(const CoawaitExpr &E, |
| 3620 | AggValueSlot aggSlot = AggValueSlot::ignored(), |
| 3621 | bool ignoreResult = false); |
| 3622 | LValue EmitCoawaitLValue(const CoawaitExpr *E); |
| 3623 | RValue EmitCoyieldExpr(const CoyieldExpr &E, |
| 3624 | AggValueSlot aggSlot = AggValueSlot::ignored(), |
| 3625 | bool ignoreResult = false); |
| 3626 | LValue EmitCoyieldLValue(const CoyieldExpr *E); |
| 3627 | RValue EmitCoroutineIntrinsic(const CallExpr *E, unsigned int IID); |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | void EnterCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt &S, bool IsFnTryBlock = false); |
| 3630 | void ExitCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt &S, bool IsFnTryBlock = false); |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | void EmitCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt &S); |
| 3633 | void EmitSEHTryStmt(const SEHTryStmt &S); |
| 3634 | void EmitSEHLeaveStmt(const SEHLeaveStmt &S); |
| 3635 | void EnterSEHTryStmt(const SEHTryStmt &S); |
| 3636 | void ExitSEHTryStmt(const SEHTryStmt &S); |
| 3637 | void VolatilizeTryBlocks(llvm::BasicBlock *BB, |
| 3638 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<llvm::BasicBlock *, 10> &V); |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | void pushSEHCleanup(CleanupKind kind, llvm::Function *FinallyFunc); |
| 3641 | void startOutlinedSEHHelper(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, bool IsFilter, |
| 3642 | const Stmt *OutlinedStmt); |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 | llvm::Function *GenerateSEHFilterFunction(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, |
| 3645 | const SEHExceptStmt &Except); |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 | llvm::Function *GenerateSEHFinallyFunction(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, |
| 3648 | const SEHFinallyStmt &Finally); |
| 3649 | |
| 3650 | void EmitSEHExceptionCodeSave(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, |
| 3651 | llvm::Value *ParentFP, llvm::Value *EntryEBP); |
| 3652 | llvm::Value *EmitSEHExceptionCode(); |
| 3653 | llvm::Value *EmitSEHExceptionInfo(); |
| 3654 | llvm::Value *EmitSEHAbnormalTermination(); |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 | /// Emit simple code for OpenMP directives in Simd-only mode. |
| 3657 | void EmitSimpleOMPExecutableDirective(const OMPExecutableDirective &D); |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 | /// Scan the outlined statement for captures from the parent function. For |
| 3660 | /// each capture, mark the capture as escaped and emit a call to |
| 3661 | /// llvm.localrecover. Insert the localrecover result into the LocalDeclMap. |
| 3662 | void EmitCapturedLocals(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, const Stmt *OutlinedStmt, |
| 3663 | bool IsFilter); |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 | /// Recovers the address of a local in a parent function. ParentVar is the |
| 3666 | /// address of the variable used in the immediate parent function. It can |
| 3667 | /// either be an alloca or a call to llvm.localrecover if there are nested |
| 3668 | /// outlined functions. ParentFP is the frame pointer of the outermost parent |
| 3669 | /// frame. |
| 3670 | Address recoverAddrOfEscapedLocal(CodeGenFunction &ParentCGF, |
| 3671 | Address ParentVar, llvm::Value *ParentFP); |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 | void EmitCXXForRangeStmt(const CXXForRangeStmt &S, |
| 3674 | ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs = {}); |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | /// Controls insertion of cancellation exit blocks in worksharing constructs. |
| 3677 | class OMPCancelStackRAII { |
| 3678 | CodeGenFunction &CGF; |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | public: |
| 3681 | OMPCancelStackRAII(CodeGenFunction &CGF, OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, |
| 3682 | bool HasCancel) |
| 3683 | : CGF(CGF) { |
| 3684 | CGF.OMPCancelStack.enter(CGF, Kind, HasCancel); |
| 3685 | } |
| 3686 | ~OMPCancelStackRAII() { CGF.OMPCancelStack.exit(CGF); } |
| 3687 | }; |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 | /// Returns calculated size of the specified type. |
| 3690 | llvm::Value *getTypeSize(QualType Ty); |
| 3691 | LValue InitCapturedStruct(const CapturedStmt &S); |
| 3692 | llvm::Function *EmitCapturedStmt(const CapturedStmt &S, CapturedRegionKind K); |
| 3693 | llvm::Function *GenerateCapturedStmtFunction(const CapturedStmt &S); |
| 3694 | Address GenerateCapturedStmtArgument(const CapturedStmt &S); |
| 3695 | llvm::Function *GenerateOpenMPCapturedStmtFunction(const CapturedStmt &S, |
| 3696 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3697 | void GenerateOpenMPCapturedVars(const CapturedStmt &S, |
| 3698 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &CapturedVars); |
| 3699 | void emitOMPSimpleStore(LValue LVal, RValue RVal, QualType RValTy, |
| 3700 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3701 | /// Perform element by element copying of arrays with type \a |
| 3702 | /// OriginalType from \a SrcAddr to \a DestAddr using copying procedure |
| 3703 | /// generated by \a CopyGen. |
| 3704 | /// |
| 3705 | /// \param DestAddr Address of the destination array. |
| 3706 | /// \param SrcAddr Address of the source array. |
| 3707 | /// \param OriginalType Type of destination and source arrays. |
| 3708 | /// \param CopyGen Copying procedure that copies value of single array element |
| 3709 | /// to another single array element. |
| 3710 | void EmitOMPAggregateAssign( |
| 3711 | Address DestAddr, Address SrcAddr, QualType OriginalType, |
| 3712 | const llvm::function_ref<void(Address, Address)> CopyGen); |
| 3713 | /// Emit proper copying of data from one variable to another. |
| 3714 | /// |
| 3715 | /// \param OriginalType Original type of the copied variables. |
| 3716 | /// \param DestAddr Destination address. |
| 3717 | /// \param SrcAddr Source address. |
| 3718 | /// \param DestVD Destination variable used in \a CopyExpr (for arrays, has |
| 3719 | /// type of the base array element). |
| 3720 | /// \param SrcVD Source variable used in \a CopyExpr (for arrays, has type of |
| 3721 | /// the base array element). |
| 3722 | /// \param Copy Actual copygin expression for copying data from \a SrcVD to \a |
| 3723 | /// DestVD. |
| 3724 | void EmitOMPCopy(QualType OriginalType, Address DestAddr, Address SrcAddr, |
| 3725 | const VarDecl *DestVD, const VarDecl *SrcVD, |
| 3726 | const Expr *Copy); |
| 3727 | /// Emit atomic update code for constructs: \a X = \a X \a BO \a E or |
| 3728 | /// \a X = \a E \a BO \a E. |
| 3729 | /// |
| 3730 | /// \param X Value to be updated. |
| 3731 | /// \param E Update value. |
| 3732 | /// \param BO Binary operation for update operation. |
| 3733 | /// \param IsXLHSInRHSPart true if \a X is LHS in RHS part of the update |
| 3734 | /// expression, false otherwise. |
| 3735 | /// \param AO Atomic ordering of the generated atomic instructions. |
| 3736 | /// \param CommonGen Code generator for complex expressions that cannot be |
| 3737 | /// expressed through atomicrmw instruction. |
| 3738 | /// \returns <true, OldAtomicValue> if simple 'atomicrmw' instruction was |
| 3739 | /// generated, <false, RValue::get(nullptr)> otherwise. |
| 3740 | std::pair<bool, RValue> EmitOMPAtomicSimpleUpdateExpr( |
| 3741 | LValue X, RValue E, BinaryOperatorKind BO, bool IsXLHSInRHSPart, |
| 3742 | llvm::AtomicOrdering AO, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3743 | const llvm::function_ref<RValue(RValue)> CommonGen); |
| 3744 | bool EmitOMPFirstprivateClause(const OMPExecutableDirective &D, |
| 3745 | OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope); |
| 3746 | void EmitOMPPrivateClause(const OMPExecutableDirective &D, |
| 3747 | OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope); |
| 3748 | void EmitOMPUseDevicePtrClause( |
| 3749 | const OMPUseDevicePtrClause &C, OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope, |
| 3750 | const llvm::DenseMap<const ValueDecl *, llvm::Value *> |
| 3751 | CaptureDeviceAddrMap); |
| 3752 | void EmitOMPUseDeviceAddrClause( |
| 3753 | const OMPUseDeviceAddrClause &C, OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope, |
| 3754 | const llvm::DenseMap<const ValueDecl *, llvm::Value *> |
| 3755 | CaptureDeviceAddrMap); |
| 3756 | /// Emit code for copyin clause in \a D directive. The next code is |
| 3757 | /// generated at the start of outlined functions for directives: |
| 3758 | /// \code |
| 3759 | /// threadprivate_var1 = master_threadprivate_var1; |
| 3760 | /// operator=(threadprivate_var2, master_threadprivate_var2); |
| 3761 | /// ... |
| 3762 | /// __kmpc_barrier(&loc, global_tid); |
| 3763 | /// \endcode |
| 3764 | /// |
| 3765 | /// \param D OpenMP directive possibly with 'copyin' clause(s). |
| 3766 | /// \returns true if at least one copyin variable is found, false otherwise. |
| 3767 | bool EmitOMPCopyinClause(const OMPExecutableDirective &D); |
| 3768 | /// Emit initial code for lastprivate variables. If some variable is |
| 3769 | /// not also firstprivate, then the default initialization is used. Otherwise |
| 3770 | /// initialization of this variable is performed by EmitOMPFirstprivateClause |
| 3771 | /// method. |
| 3772 | /// |
| 3773 | /// \param D Directive that may have 'lastprivate' directives. |
| 3774 | /// \param PrivateScope Private scope for capturing lastprivate variables for |
| 3775 | /// proper codegen in internal captured statement. |
| 3776 | /// |
| 3777 | /// \returns true if there is at least one lastprivate variable, false |
| 3778 | /// otherwise. |
| 3779 | bool EmitOMPLastprivateClauseInit(const OMPExecutableDirective &D, |
| 3780 | OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope); |
| 3781 | /// Emit final copying of lastprivate values to original variables at |
| 3782 | /// the end of the worksharing or simd directive. |
| 3783 | /// |
| 3784 | /// \param D Directive that has at least one 'lastprivate' directives. |
| 3785 | /// \param IsLastIterCond Boolean condition that must be set to 'i1 true' if |
| 3786 | /// it is the last iteration of the loop code in associated directive, or to |
| 3787 | /// 'i1 false' otherwise. If this item is nullptr, no final check is required. |
| 3788 | void EmitOMPLastprivateClauseFinal(const OMPExecutableDirective &D, |
| 3789 | bool NoFinals, |
| 3790 | llvm::Value *IsLastIterCond = nullptr); |
| 3791 | /// Emit initial code for linear clauses. |
| 3792 | void EmitOMPLinearClause(const OMPLoopDirective &D, |
| 3793 | CodeGenFunction::OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope); |
| 3794 | /// Emit final code for linear clauses. |
| 3795 | /// \param CondGen Optional conditional code for final part of codegen for |
| 3796 | /// linear clause. |
| 3797 | void EmitOMPLinearClauseFinal( |
| 3798 | const OMPLoopDirective &D, |
| 3799 | const llvm::function_ref<llvm::Value *(CodeGenFunction &)> CondGen); |
| 3800 | /// Emit initial code for reduction variables. Creates reduction copies |
| 3801 | /// and initializes them with the values according to OpenMP standard. |
| 3802 | /// |
| 3803 | /// \param D Directive (possibly) with the 'reduction' clause. |
| 3804 | /// \param PrivateScope Private scope for capturing reduction variables for |
| 3805 | /// proper codegen in internal captured statement. |
| 3806 | /// |
| 3807 | void EmitOMPReductionClauseInit(const OMPExecutableDirective &D, |
| 3808 | OMPPrivateScope &PrivateScope, |
| 3809 | bool ForInscan = false); |
| 3810 | /// Emit final update of reduction values to original variables at |
| 3811 | /// the end of the directive. |
| 3812 | /// |
| 3813 | /// \param D Directive that has at least one 'reduction' directives. |
| 3814 | /// \param ReductionKind The kind of reduction to perform. |
| 3815 | void EmitOMPReductionClauseFinal(const OMPExecutableDirective &D, |
| 3816 | const OpenMPDirectiveKind ReductionKind); |
| 3817 | /// Emit initial code for linear variables. Creates private copies |
| 3818 | /// and initializes them with the values according to OpenMP standard. |
| 3819 | /// |
| 3820 | /// \param D Directive (possibly) with the 'linear' clause. |
| 3821 | /// \return true if at least one linear variable is found that should be |
| 3822 | /// initialized with the value of the original variable, false otherwise. |
| 3823 | bool EmitOMPLinearClauseInit(const OMPLoopDirective &D); |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | typedef const llvm::function_ref<void(CodeGenFunction & /*CGF*/, |
| 3826 | llvm::Function * /*OutlinedFn*/, |
| 3827 | const OMPTaskDataTy & /*Data*/)> |
| 3828 | TaskGenTy; |
| 3829 | void EmitOMPTaskBasedDirective(const OMPExecutableDirective &S, |
| 3830 | const OpenMPDirectiveKind CapturedRegion, |
| 3831 | const RegionCodeGenTy &BodyGen, |
| 3832 | const TaskGenTy &TaskGen, OMPTaskDataTy &Data); |
| 3833 | struct OMPTargetDataInfo { |
| 3834 | Address BasePointersArray = Address::invalid(); |
| 3835 | Address PointersArray = Address::invalid(); |
| 3836 | Address SizesArray = Address::invalid(); |
| 3837 | Address MappersArray = Address::invalid(); |
| 3838 | unsigned NumberOfTargetItems = 0; |
| 3839 | explicit OMPTargetDataInfo() = default; |
| 3840 | OMPTargetDataInfo(Address BasePointersArray, Address PointersArray, |
| 3841 | Address SizesArray, Address MappersArray, |
| 3842 | unsigned NumberOfTargetItems) |
| 3843 | : BasePointersArray(BasePointersArray), PointersArray(PointersArray), |
| 3844 | SizesArray(SizesArray), MappersArray(MappersArray), |
| 3845 | NumberOfTargetItems(NumberOfTargetItems) {} |
| 3846 | }; |
| 3847 | void EmitOMPTargetTaskBasedDirective(const OMPExecutableDirective &S, |
| 3848 | const RegionCodeGenTy &BodyGen, |
| 3849 | OMPTargetDataInfo &InputInfo); |
| 3850 | void processInReduction(const OMPExecutableDirective &S, OMPTaskDataTy &Data, |
| 3851 | CodeGenFunction &CGF, const CapturedStmt *CS, |
| 3852 | OMPPrivateScope &Scope); |
| 3853 | void EmitOMPMetaDirective(const OMPMetaDirective &S); |
| 3854 | void EmitOMPParallelDirective(const OMPParallelDirective &S); |
| 3855 | void EmitOMPSimdDirective(const OMPSimdDirective &S); |
| 3856 | void EmitOMPTileDirective(const OMPTileDirective &S); |
| 3857 | void EmitOMPStripeDirective(const OMPStripeDirective &S); |
| 3858 | void EmitOMPUnrollDirective(const OMPUnrollDirective &S); |
| 3859 | void EmitOMPReverseDirective(const OMPReverseDirective &S); |
| 3860 | void EmitOMPInterchangeDirective(const OMPInterchangeDirective &S); |
| 3861 | void EmitOMPForDirective(const OMPForDirective &S); |
| 3862 | void EmitOMPForSimdDirective(const OMPForSimdDirective &S); |
| 3863 | void EmitOMPScopeDirective(const OMPScopeDirective &S); |
| 3864 | void EmitOMPSectionsDirective(const OMPSectionsDirective &S); |
| 3865 | void EmitOMPSectionDirective(const OMPSectionDirective &S); |
| 3866 | void EmitOMPSingleDirective(const OMPSingleDirective &S); |
| 3867 | void EmitOMPMasterDirective(const OMPMasterDirective &S); |
| 3868 | void EmitOMPMaskedDirective(const OMPMaskedDirective &S); |
| 3869 | void EmitOMPCriticalDirective(const OMPCriticalDirective &S); |
| 3870 | void EmitOMPParallelForDirective(const OMPParallelForDirective &S); |
| 3871 | void EmitOMPParallelForSimdDirective(const OMPParallelForSimdDirective &S); |
| 3872 | void EmitOMPParallelSectionsDirective(const OMPParallelSectionsDirective &S); |
| 3873 | void EmitOMPParallelMasterDirective(const OMPParallelMasterDirective &S); |
| 3874 | void EmitOMPTaskDirective(const OMPTaskDirective &S); |
| 3875 | void EmitOMPTaskyieldDirective(const OMPTaskyieldDirective &S); |
| 3876 | void EmitOMPErrorDirective(const OMPErrorDirective &S); |
| 3877 | void EmitOMPBarrierDirective(const OMPBarrierDirective &S); |
| 3878 | void EmitOMPTaskwaitDirective(const OMPTaskwaitDirective &S); |
| 3879 | void EmitOMPTaskgroupDirective(const OMPTaskgroupDirective &S); |
| 3880 | void EmitOMPFlushDirective(const OMPFlushDirective &S); |
| 3881 | void EmitOMPDepobjDirective(const OMPDepobjDirective &S); |
| 3882 | void EmitOMPScanDirective(const OMPScanDirective &S); |
| 3883 | void EmitOMPOrderedDirective(const OMPOrderedDirective &S); |
| 3884 | void EmitOMPAtomicDirective(const OMPAtomicDirective &S); |
| 3885 | void EmitOMPTargetDirective(const OMPTargetDirective &S); |
| 3886 | void EmitOMPTargetDataDirective(const OMPTargetDataDirective &S); |
| 3887 | void EmitOMPTargetEnterDataDirective(const OMPTargetEnterDataDirective &S); |
| 3888 | void EmitOMPTargetExitDataDirective(const OMPTargetExitDataDirective &S); |
| 3889 | void EmitOMPTargetUpdateDirective(const OMPTargetUpdateDirective &S); |
| 3890 | void EmitOMPTargetParallelDirective(const OMPTargetParallelDirective &S); |
| 3891 | void |
| 3892 | EmitOMPTargetParallelForDirective(const OMPTargetParallelForDirective &S); |
| 3893 | void EmitOMPTeamsDirective(const OMPTeamsDirective &S); |
| 3894 | void |
| 3895 | EmitOMPCancellationPointDirective(const OMPCancellationPointDirective &S); |
| 3896 | void EmitOMPCancelDirective(const OMPCancelDirective &S); |
| 3897 | void EmitOMPTaskLoopBasedDirective(const OMPLoopDirective &S); |
| 3898 | void EmitOMPTaskLoopDirective(const OMPTaskLoopDirective &S); |
| 3899 | void EmitOMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(const OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective &S); |
| 3900 | void EmitOMPMasterTaskLoopDirective(const OMPMasterTaskLoopDirective &S); |
| 3901 | void EmitOMPMaskedTaskLoopDirective(const OMPMaskedTaskLoopDirective &S); |
| 3902 | void |
| 3903 | EmitOMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective(const OMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective &S); |
| 3904 | void |
| 3905 | EmitOMPMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective(const OMPMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective &S); |
| 3906 | void EmitOMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
| 3907 | const OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective &S); |
| 3908 | void EmitOMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopDirective( |
| 3909 | const OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopDirective &S); |
| 3910 | void EmitOMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 3911 | const OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective &S); |
| 3912 | void EmitOMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 3913 | const OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective &S); |
| 3914 | void EmitOMPDistributeDirective(const OMPDistributeDirective &S); |
| 3915 | void EmitOMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 3916 | const OMPDistributeParallelForDirective &S); |
| 3917 | void EmitOMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 3918 | const OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective &S); |
| 3919 | void EmitOMPDistributeSimdDirective(const OMPDistributeSimdDirective &S); |
| 3920 | void EmitOMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 3921 | const OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective &S); |
| 3922 | void EmitOMPTargetSimdDirective(const OMPTargetSimdDirective &S); |
| 3923 | void EmitOMPTeamsDistributeDirective(const OMPTeamsDistributeDirective &S); |
| 3924 | void |
| 3925 | EmitOMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(const OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective &S); |
| 3926 | void EmitOMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 3927 | const OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective &S); |
| 3928 | void EmitOMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 3929 | const OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective &S); |
| 3930 | void EmitOMPTargetTeamsDirective(const OMPTargetTeamsDirective &S); |
| 3931 | void EmitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
| 3932 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective &S); |
| 3933 | void EmitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 3934 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective &S); |
| 3935 | void EmitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 3936 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective &S); |
| 3937 | void EmitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 3938 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective &S); |
| 3939 | void EmitOMPGenericLoopDirective(const OMPGenericLoopDirective &S); |
| 3940 | void EmitOMPParallelGenericLoopDirective(const OMPLoopDirective &S); |
| 3941 | void EmitOMPTargetParallelGenericLoopDirective( |
| 3942 | const OMPTargetParallelGenericLoopDirective &S); |
| 3943 | void EmitOMPTargetTeamsGenericLoopDirective( |
| 3944 | const OMPTargetTeamsGenericLoopDirective &S); |
| 3945 | void EmitOMPTeamsGenericLoopDirective(const OMPTeamsGenericLoopDirective &S); |
| 3946 | void EmitOMPInteropDirective(const OMPInteropDirective &S); |
| 3947 | void EmitOMPParallelMaskedDirective(const OMPParallelMaskedDirective &S); |
| 3948 | void EmitOMPAssumeDirective(const OMPAssumeDirective &S); |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | /// Emit device code for the target directive. |
| 3951 | static void EmitOMPTargetDeviceFunction(CodeGenModule &CGM, |
| 3952 | StringRef ParentName, |
| 3953 | const OMPTargetDirective &S); |
| 3954 | static void |
| 3955 | EmitOMPTargetParallelDeviceFunction(CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef ParentName, |
| 3956 | const OMPTargetParallelDirective &S); |
| 3957 | /// Emit device code for the target parallel for directive. |
| 3958 | static void EmitOMPTargetParallelForDeviceFunction( |
| 3959 | CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef ParentName, |
| 3960 | const OMPTargetParallelForDirective &S); |
| 3961 | /// Emit device code for the target parallel for simd directive. |
| 3962 | static void EmitOMPTargetParallelForSimdDeviceFunction( |
| 3963 | CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef ParentName, |
| 3964 | const OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective &S); |
| 3965 | /// Emit device code for the target teams directive. |
| 3966 | static void |
| 3967 | EmitOMPTargetTeamsDeviceFunction(CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef ParentName, |
| 3968 | const OMPTargetTeamsDirective &S); |
| 3969 | /// Emit device code for the target teams distribute directive. |
| 3970 | static void EmitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeDeviceFunction( |
| 3971 | CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef ParentName, |
| 3972 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective &S); |
| 3973 | /// Emit device code for the target teams distribute simd directive. |
| 3974 | static void EmitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDeviceFunction( |
| 3975 | CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef ParentName, |
| 3976 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective &S); |
| 3977 | /// Emit device code for the target simd directive. |
| 3978 | static void EmitOMPTargetSimdDeviceFunction(CodeGenModule &CGM, |
| 3979 | StringRef ParentName, |
| 3980 | const OMPTargetSimdDirective &S); |
| 3981 | /// Emit device code for the target teams distribute parallel for simd |
| 3982 | /// directive. |
| 3983 | static void EmitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDeviceFunction( |
| 3984 | CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef ParentName, |
| 3985 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective &S); |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 | /// Emit device code for the target teams loop directive. |
| 3988 | static void EmitOMPTargetTeamsGenericLoopDeviceFunction( |
| 3989 | CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef ParentName, |
| 3990 | const OMPTargetTeamsGenericLoopDirective &S); |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | /// Emit device code for the target parallel loop directive. |
| 3993 | static void EmitOMPTargetParallelGenericLoopDeviceFunction( |
| 3994 | CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef ParentName, |
| 3995 | const OMPTargetParallelGenericLoopDirective &S); |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 | static void EmitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDeviceFunction( |
| 3998 | CodeGenModule &CGM, StringRef ParentName, |
| 3999 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective &S); |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | /// Emit the Stmt \p S and return its topmost canonical loop, if any. |
| 4002 | /// TODO: The \p Depth paramter is not yet implemented and must be 1. In the |
| 4003 | /// future it is meant to be the number of loops expected in the loop nests |
| 4004 | /// (usually specified by the "collapse" clause) that are collapsed to a |
| 4005 | /// single loop by this function. |
| 4006 | llvm::CanonicalLoopInfo *EmitOMPCollapsedCanonicalLoopNest(const Stmt *S, |
| 4007 | int Depth); |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 | /// Emit an OMPCanonicalLoop using the OpenMPIRBuilder. |
| 4010 | void EmitOMPCanonicalLoop(const OMPCanonicalLoop *S); |
| 4011 | |
| 4012 | /// Emit inner loop of the worksharing/simd construct. |
| 4013 | /// |
| 4014 | /// \param S Directive, for which the inner loop must be emitted. |
| 4015 | /// \param RequiresCleanup true, if directive has some associated private |
| 4016 | /// variables. |
| 4017 | /// \param LoopCond Bollean condition for loop continuation. |
| 4018 | /// \param IncExpr Increment expression for loop control variable. |
| 4019 | /// \param BodyGen Generator for the inner body of the inner loop. |
| 4020 | /// \param PostIncGen Genrator for post-increment code (required for ordered |
| 4021 | /// loop directvies). |
| 4022 | void EmitOMPInnerLoop( |
| 4023 | const OMPExecutableDirective &S, bool RequiresCleanup, |
| 4024 | const Expr *LoopCond, const Expr *IncExpr, |
| 4025 | const llvm::function_ref<void(CodeGenFunction &)> BodyGen, |
| 4026 | const llvm::function_ref<void(CodeGenFunction &)> PostIncGen); |
| 4027 | |
| 4028 | JumpDest getOMPCancelDestination(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
| 4029 | /// Emit initial code for loop counters of loop-based directives. |
| 4030 | void EmitOMPPrivateLoopCounters(const OMPLoopDirective &S, |
| 4031 | OMPPrivateScope &LoopScope); |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | /// Helper for the OpenMP loop directives. |
| 4034 | void EmitOMPLoopBody(const OMPLoopDirective &D, JumpDest LoopExit); |
| 4035 | |
| 4036 | /// Emit code for the worksharing loop-based directive. |
| 4037 | /// \return true, if this construct has any lastprivate clause, false - |
| 4038 | /// otherwise. |
| 4039 | bool EmitOMPWorksharingLoop(const OMPLoopDirective &S, Expr *EUB, |
| 4040 | const CodeGenLoopBoundsTy &CodeGenLoopBounds, |
| 4041 | const CodeGenDispatchBoundsTy &CGDispatchBounds); |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 | /// Emit code for the distribute loop-based directive. |
| 4044 | void EmitOMPDistributeLoop(const OMPLoopDirective &S, |
| 4045 | const CodeGenLoopTy &CodeGenLoop, Expr *IncExpr); |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 | /// Helpers for the OpenMP loop directives. |
| 4048 | void EmitOMPSimdInit(const OMPLoopDirective &D); |
| 4049 | void EmitOMPSimdFinal( |
| 4050 | const OMPLoopDirective &D, |
| 4051 | const llvm::function_ref<llvm::Value *(CodeGenFunction &)> CondGen); |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | /// Emits the lvalue for the expression with possibly captured variable. |
| 4054 | LValue EmitOMPSharedLValue(const Expr *E); |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 | private: |
| 4057 | /// Helpers for blocks. |
| 4058 | llvm::Value *EmitBlockLiteral(const CGBlockInfo &Info); |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 | /// struct with the values to be passed to the OpenMP loop-related functions |
| 4061 | struct OMPLoopArguments { |
| 4062 | /// loop lower bound |
| 4063 | Address LB = Address::invalid(); |
| 4064 | /// loop upper bound |
| 4065 | Address UB = Address::invalid(); |
| 4066 | /// loop stride |
| 4067 | Address ST = Address::invalid(); |
| 4068 | /// isLastIteration argument for runtime functions |
| 4069 | Address IL = Address::invalid(); |
| 4070 | /// Chunk value generated by sema |
| 4071 | llvm::Value *Chunk = nullptr; |
| 4072 | /// EnsureUpperBound |
| 4073 | Expr *EUB = nullptr; |
| 4074 | /// IncrementExpression |
| 4075 | Expr *IncExpr = nullptr; |
| 4076 | /// Loop initialization |
| 4077 | Expr *Init = nullptr; |
| 4078 | /// Loop exit condition |
| 4079 | Expr *Cond = nullptr; |
| 4080 | /// Update of LB after a whole chunk has been executed |
| 4081 | Expr *NextLB = nullptr; |
| 4082 | /// Update of UB after a whole chunk has been executed |
| 4083 | Expr *NextUB = nullptr; |
| 4084 | /// Distinguish between the for distribute and sections |
| 4085 | OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind = llvm::omp::OMPD_unknown; |
| 4086 | OMPLoopArguments() = default; |
| 4087 | OMPLoopArguments(Address LB, Address UB, Address ST, Address IL, |
| 4088 | llvm::Value *Chunk = nullptr, Expr *EUB = nullptr, |
| 4089 | Expr *IncExpr = nullptr, Expr *Init = nullptr, |
| 4090 | Expr *Cond = nullptr, Expr *NextLB = nullptr, |
| 4091 | Expr *NextUB = nullptr) |
| 4092 | : LB(LB), UB(UB), ST(ST), IL(IL), Chunk(Chunk), EUB(EUB), |
| 4093 | IncExpr(IncExpr), Init(Init), Cond(Cond), NextLB(NextLB), |
| 4094 | NextUB(NextUB) {} |
| 4095 | }; |
| 4096 | void EmitOMPOuterLoop(bool DynamicOrOrdered, bool IsMonotonic, |
| 4097 | const OMPLoopDirective &S, OMPPrivateScope &LoopScope, |
| 4098 | const OMPLoopArguments &LoopArgs, |
| 4099 | const CodeGenLoopTy &CodeGenLoop, |
| 4100 | const CodeGenOrderedTy &CodeGenOrdered); |
| 4101 | void EmitOMPForOuterLoop(const OpenMPScheduleTy &ScheduleKind, |
| 4102 | bool IsMonotonic, const OMPLoopDirective &S, |
| 4103 | OMPPrivateScope &LoopScope, bool Ordered, |
| 4104 | const OMPLoopArguments &LoopArgs, |
| 4105 | const CodeGenDispatchBoundsTy &CGDispatchBounds); |
| 4106 | void EmitOMPDistributeOuterLoop(OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind ScheduleKind, |
| 4107 | const OMPLoopDirective &S, |
| 4108 | OMPPrivateScope &LoopScope, |
| 4109 | const OMPLoopArguments &LoopArgs, |
| 4110 | const CodeGenLoopTy &CodeGenLoopContent); |
| 4111 | /// Emit code for sections directive. |
| 4112 | void EmitSections(const OMPExecutableDirective &S); |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | public: |
| 4115 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4116 | // OpenACC Emission |
| 4117 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4118 | void EmitOpenACCComputeConstruct(const OpenACCComputeConstruct &S) { |
| 4119 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4120 | // simply emitting its structured block, but in the future we will implement |
| 4121 | // some sort of IR. |
| 4122 | EmitStmt(S: S.getStructuredBlock()); |
| 4123 | } |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 | void EmitOpenACCLoopConstruct(const OpenACCLoopConstruct &S) { |
| 4126 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4127 | // simply emitting its loop, but in the future we will implement |
| 4128 | // some sort of IR. |
| 4129 | EmitStmt(S: S.getLoop()); |
| 4130 | } |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | void EmitOpenACCCombinedConstruct(const OpenACCCombinedConstruct &S) { |
| 4133 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4134 | // simply emitting its loop, but in the future we will implement |
| 4135 | // some sort of IR. |
| 4136 | EmitStmt(S: S.getLoop()); |
| 4137 | } |
| 4138 | |
| 4139 | void EmitOpenACCDataConstruct(const OpenACCDataConstruct &S) { |
| 4140 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4141 | // simply emitting its structured block, but in the future we will implement |
| 4142 | // some sort of IR. |
| 4143 | EmitStmt(S: S.getStructuredBlock()); |
| 4144 | } |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 | void EmitOpenACCEnterDataConstruct(const OpenACCEnterDataConstruct &S) { |
| 4147 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4148 | // but in the future we will implement some sort of IR. |
| 4149 | } |
| 4150 | |
| 4151 | void EmitOpenACCExitDataConstruct(const OpenACCExitDataConstruct &S) { |
| 4152 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4153 | // but in the future we will implement some sort of IR. |
| 4154 | } |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 | void EmitOpenACCHostDataConstruct(const OpenACCHostDataConstruct &S) { |
| 4157 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4158 | // simply emitting its structured block, but in the future we will implement |
| 4159 | // some sort of IR. |
| 4160 | EmitStmt(S: S.getStructuredBlock()); |
| 4161 | } |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | void EmitOpenACCWaitConstruct(const OpenACCWaitConstruct &S) { |
| 4164 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4165 | // but in the future we will implement some sort of IR. |
| 4166 | } |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 | void EmitOpenACCInitConstruct(const OpenACCInitConstruct &S) { |
| 4169 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4170 | // but in the future we will implement some sort of IR. |
| 4171 | } |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 | void EmitOpenACCShutdownConstruct(const OpenACCShutdownConstruct &S) { |
| 4174 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4175 | // but in the future we will implement some sort of IR. |
| 4176 | } |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 | void EmitOpenACCSetConstruct(const OpenACCSetConstruct &S) { |
| 4179 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4180 | // but in the future we will implement some sort of IR. |
| 4181 | } |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 | void EmitOpenACCUpdateConstruct(const OpenACCUpdateConstruct &S) { |
| 4184 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4185 | // but in the future we will implement some sort of IR. |
| 4186 | } |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 | void EmitOpenACCAtomicConstruct(const OpenACCAtomicConstruct &S) { |
| 4189 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4190 | // simply emitting its associated stmt, but in the future we will implement |
| 4191 | // some sort of IR. |
| 4192 | EmitStmt(S: S.getAssociatedStmt()); |
| 4193 | } |
| 4194 | void EmitOpenACCCacheConstruct(const OpenACCCacheConstruct &S) { |
| 4195 | // TODO OpenACC: Implement this. It is currently implemented as a 'no-op', |
| 4196 | // but in the future we will implement some sort of IR. |
| 4197 | } |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4200 | // LValue Expression Emission |
| 4201 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 | /// Create a check that a scalar RValue is non-null. |
| 4204 | llvm::Value *EmitNonNullRValueCheck(RValue RV, QualType T); |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 | /// GetUndefRValue - Get an appropriate 'undef' rvalue for the given type. |
| 4207 | RValue GetUndefRValue(QualType Ty); |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | /// EmitUnsupportedRValue - Emit a dummy r-value using the type of E |
| 4210 | /// and issue an ErrorUnsupported style diagnostic (using the |
| 4211 | /// provided Name). |
| 4212 | RValue EmitUnsupportedRValue(const Expr *E, const char *Name); |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | /// EmitUnsupportedLValue - Emit a dummy l-value using the type of E and issue |
| 4215 | /// an ErrorUnsupported style diagnostic (using the provided Name). |
| 4216 | LValue EmitUnsupportedLValue(const Expr *E, const char *Name); |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | /// EmitLValue - Emit code to compute a designator that specifies the location |
| 4219 | /// of the expression. |
| 4220 | /// |
| 4221 | /// This can return one of two things: a simple address or a bitfield |
| 4222 | /// reference. In either case, the LLVM Value* in the LValue structure is |
| 4223 | /// guaranteed to be an LLVM pointer type. |
| 4224 | /// |
| 4225 | /// If this returns a bitfield reference, nothing about the pointee type of |
| 4226 | /// the LLVM value is known: For example, it may not be a pointer to an |
| 4227 | /// integer. |
| 4228 | /// |
| 4229 | /// If this returns a normal address, and if the lvalue's C type is fixed |
| 4230 | /// size, this method guarantees that the returned pointer type will point to |
| 4231 | /// an LLVM type of the same size of the lvalue's type. If the lvalue has a |
| 4232 | /// variable length type, this is not possible. |
| 4233 | /// |
| 4234 | LValue EmitLValue(const Expr *E, |
| 4235 | KnownNonNull_t IsKnownNonNull = NotKnownNonNull); |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 | private: |
| 4238 | LValue EmitLValueHelper(const Expr *E, KnownNonNull_t IsKnownNonNull); |
| 4239 | |
| 4240 | public: |
| 4241 | /// Same as EmitLValue but additionally we generate checking code to |
| 4242 | /// guard against undefined behavior. This is only suitable when we know |
| 4243 | /// that the address will be used to access the object. |
| 4244 | LValue EmitCheckedLValue(const Expr *E, TypeCheckKind TCK); |
| 4245 | |
| 4246 | RValue convertTempToRValue(Address addr, QualType type, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | void EmitAtomicInit(Expr *E, LValue lvalue); |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 | bool LValueIsSuitableForInlineAtomic(LValue Src); |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 | RValue EmitAtomicLoad(LValue LV, SourceLocation SL, |
| 4253 | AggValueSlot Slot = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | RValue EmitAtomicLoad(LValue lvalue, SourceLocation loc, |
| 4256 | llvm::AtomicOrdering AO, bool IsVolatile = false, |
| 4257 | AggValueSlot slot = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | void EmitAtomicStore(RValue rvalue, LValue lvalue, bool isInit); |
| 4260 | |
| 4261 | void EmitAtomicStore(RValue rvalue, LValue lvalue, llvm::AtomicOrdering AO, |
| 4262 | bool IsVolatile, bool isInit); |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 | std::pair<RValue, llvm::Value *> EmitAtomicCompareExchange( |
| 4265 | LValue Obj, RValue Expected, RValue Desired, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4266 | llvm::AtomicOrdering Success = |
| 4267 | llvm::AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent, |
| 4268 | llvm::AtomicOrdering Failure = |
| 4269 | llvm::AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent, |
| 4270 | bool IsWeak = false, AggValueSlot Slot = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | /// Emit an atomicrmw instruction, and applying relevant metadata when |
| 4273 | /// applicable. |
| 4274 | llvm::AtomicRMWInst *emitAtomicRMWInst( |
| 4275 | llvm::AtomicRMWInst::BinOp Op, Address Addr, llvm::Value *Val, |
| 4276 | llvm::AtomicOrdering Order = llvm::AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent, |
| 4277 | llvm::SyncScope::ID SSID = llvm::SyncScope::System, |
| 4278 | const AtomicExpr *AE = nullptr); |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 | void EmitAtomicUpdate(LValue LVal, llvm::AtomicOrdering AO, |
| 4281 | const llvm::function_ref<RValue(RValue)> &UpdateOp, |
| 4282 | bool IsVolatile); |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 | /// EmitToMemory - Change a scalar value from its value |
| 4285 | /// representation to its in-memory representation. |
| 4286 | llvm::Value *EmitToMemory(llvm::Value *Value, QualType Ty); |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | /// EmitFromMemory - Change a scalar value from its memory |
| 4289 | /// representation to its value representation. |
| 4290 | llvm::Value *EmitFromMemory(llvm::Value *Value, QualType Ty); |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 | /// Check if the scalar \p Value is within the valid range for the given |
| 4293 | /// type \p Ty. |
| 4294 | /// |
| 4295 | /// Returns true if a check is needed (even if the range is unknown). |
| 4296 | bool EmitScalarRangeCheck(llvm::Value *Value, QualType Ty, |
| 4297 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | /// EmitLoadOfScalar - Load a scalar value from an address, taking |
| 4300 | /// care to appropriately convert from the memory representation to |
| 4301 | /// the LLVM value representation. |
| 4302 | llvm::Value *EmitLoadOfScalar(Address Addr, bool Volatile, QualType Ty, |
| 4303 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4304 | AlignmentSource Source = AlignmentSource::Type, |
| 4305 | bool isNontemporal = false) { |
| 4306 | return EmitLoadOfScalar(Addr, Volatile, Ty, Loc, BaseInfo: LValueBaseInfo(Source), |
| 4307 | TBAAInfo: CGM.getTBAAAccessInfo(AccessType: Ty), isNontemporal); |
| 4308 | } |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 | llvm::Value *EmitLoadOfScalar(Address Addr, bool Volatile, QualType Ty, |
| 4311 | SourceLocation Loc, LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo, |
| 4312 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo, |
| 4313 | bool isNontemporal = false); |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 | /// EmitLoadOfScalar - Load a scalar value from an address, taking |
| 4316 | /// care to appropriately convert from the memory representation to |
| 4317 | /// the LLVM value representation. The l-value must be a simple |
| 4318 | /// l-value. |
| 4319 | llvm::Value *EmitLoadOfScalar(LValue lvalue, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 | /// EmitStoreOfScalar - Store a scalar value to an address, taking |
| 4322 | /// care to appropriately convert from the memory representation to |
| 4323 | /// the LLVM value representation. |
| 4324 | void EmitStoreOfScalar(llvm::Value *Value, Address Addr, bool Volatile, |
| 4325 | QualType Ty, |
| 4326 | AlignmentSource Source = AlignmentSource::Type, |
| 4327 | bool isInit = false, bool isNontemporal = false) { |
| 4328 | EmitStoreOfScalar(Value, Addr, Volatile, Ty, BaseInfo: LValueBaseInfo(Source), |
| 4329 | TBAAInfo: CGM.getTBAAAccessInfo(AccessType: Ty), isInit, isNontemporal); |
| 4330 | } |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | void EmitStoreOfScalar(llvm::Value *Value, Address Addr, bool Volatile, |
| 4333 | QualType Ty, LValueBaseInfo BaseInfo, |
| 4334 | TBAAAccessInfo TBAAInfo, bool isInit = false, |
| 4335 | bool isNontemporal = false); |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 | /// EmitStoreOfScalar - Store a scalar value to an address, taking |
| 4338 | /// care to appropriately convert from the memory representation to |
| 4339 | /// the LLVM value representation. The l-value must be a simple |
| 4340 | /// l-value. The isInit flag indicates whether this is an initialization. |
| 4341 | /// If so, atomic qualifiers are ignored and the store is always non-atomic. |
| 4342 | void EmitStoreOfScalar(llvm::Value *value, LValue lvalue, |
| 4343 | bool isInit = false); |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 | /// EmitLoadOfLValue - Given an expression that represents a value lvalue, |
| 4346 | /// this method emits the address of the lvalue, then loads the result as an |
| 4347 | /// rvalue, returning the rvalue. |
| 4348 | RValue EmitLoadOfLValue(LValue V, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4349 | RValue EmitLoadOfExtVectorElementLValue(LValue V); |
| 4350 | RValue EmitLoadOfBitfieldLValue(LValue LV, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4351 | RValue EmitLoadOfGlobalRegLValue(LValue LV); |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | /// Like EmitLoadOfLValue but also handles complex and aggregate types. |
| 4354 | RValue EmitLoadOfAnyValue(LValue V, |
| 4355 | AggValueSlot Slot = AggValueSlot::ignored(), |
| 4356 | SourceLocation Loc = {}); |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | /// EmitStoreThroughLValue - Store the specified rvalue into the specified |
| 4359 | /// lvalue, where both are guaranteed to the have the same type, and that type |
| 4360 | /// is 'Ty'. |
| 4361 | void EmitStoreThroughLValue(RValue Src, LValue Dst, bool isInit = false); |
| 4362 | void EmitStoreThroughExtVectorComponentLValue(RValue Src, LValue Dst); |
| 4363 | void EmitStoreThroughGlobalRegLValue(RValue Src, LValue Dst); |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 | /// EmitStoreThroughBitfieldLValue - Store Src into Dst with same constraints |
| 4366 | /// as EmitStoreThroughLValue. |
| 4367 | /// |
| 4368 | /// \param Result [out] - If non-null, this will be set to a Value* for the |
| 4369 | /// bit-field contents after the store, appropriate for use as the result of |
| 4370 | /// an assignment to the bit-field. |
| 4371 | void EmitStoreThroughBitfieldLValue(RValue Src, LValue Dst, |
| 4372 | llvm::Value **Result = nullptr); |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 | /// Emit an l-value for an assignment (simple or compound) of complex type. |
| 4375 | LValue EmitComplexAssignmentLValue(const BinaryOperator *E); |
| 4376 | LValue EmitComplexCompoundAssignmentLValue(const CompoundAssignOperator *E); |
| 4377 | LValue EmitScalarCompoundAssignWithComplex(const CompoundAssignOperator *E, |
| 4378 | llvm::Value *&Result); |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | // Note: only available for agg return types |
| 4381 | LValue EmitBinaryOperatorLValue(const BinaryOperator *E); |
| 4382 | LValue EmitCompoundAssignmentLValue(const CompoundAssignOperator *E); |
| 4383 | // Note: only available for agg return types |
| 4384 | LValue EmitCallExprLValue(const CallExpr *E, |
| 4385 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke = nullptr); |
| 4386 | // Note: only available for agg return types |
| 4387 | LValue EmitVAArgExprLValue(const VAArgExpr *E); |
| 4388 | LValue EmitDeclRefLValue(const DeclRefExpr *E); |
| 4389 | LValue EmitStringLiteralLValue(const StringLiteral *E); |
| 4390 | LValue EmitObjCEncodeExprLValue(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E); |
| 4391 | LValue EmitPredefinedLValue(const PredefinedExpr *E); |
| 4392 | LValue EmitUnaryOpLValue(const UnaryOperator *E); |
| 4393 | LValue EmitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E, |
| 4394 | bool Accessed = false); |
| 4395 | llvm::Value *EmitMatrixIndexExpr(const Expr *E); |
| 4396 | LValue EmitMatrixSubscriptExpr(const MatrixSubscriptExpr *E); |
| 4397 | LValue EmitArraySectionExpr(const ArraySectionExpr *E, |
| 4398 | bool IsLowerBound = true); |
| 4399 | LValue EmitExtVectorElementExpr(const ExtVectorElementExpr *E); |
| 4400 | LValue EmitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E); |
| 4401 | LValue EmitObjCIsaExpr(const ObjCIsaExpr *E); |
| 4402 | LValue EmitCompoundLiteralLValue(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E); |
| 4403 | LValue EmitInitListLValue(const InitListExpr *E); |
| 4404 | void EmitIgnoredConditionalOperator(const AbstractConditionalOperator *E); |
| 4405 | LValue EmitConditionalOperatorLValue(const AbstractConditionalOperator *E); |
| 4406 | LValue EmitCastLValue(const CastExpr *E); |
| 4407 | LValue EmitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E); |
| 4408 | LValue EmitOpaqueValueLValue(const OpaqueValueExpr *e); |
| 4409 | LValue EmitHLSLArrayAssignLValue(const BinaryOperator *E); |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | std::pair<LValue, LValue> EmitHLSLOutArgLValues(const HLSLOutArgExpr *E, |
| 4412 | QualType Ty); |
| 4413 | LValue EmitHLSLOutArgExpr(const HLSLOutArgExpr *E, CallArgList &Args, |
| 4414 | QualType Ty); |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 | Address EmitExtVectorElementLValue(LValue V); |
| 4417 | |
| 4418 | RValue EmitRValueForField(LValue LV, const FieldDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | Address EmitArrayToPointerDecay(const Expr *Array, |
| 4421 | LValueBaseInfo *BaseInfo = nullptr, |
| 4422 | TBAAAccessInfo *TBAAInfo = nullptr); |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 | class ConstantEmission { |
| 4425 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::Constant *, 1, bool> ValueAndIsReference; |
| 4426 | ConstantEmission(llvm::Constant *C, bool isReference) |
| 4427 | : ValueAndIsReference(C, isReference) {} |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 | public: |
| 4430 | ConstantEmission() {} |
| 4431 | static ConstantEmission forReference(llvm::Constant *C) { |
| 4432 | return ConstantEmission(C, true); |
| 4433 | } |
| 4434 | static ConstantEmission forValue(llvm::Constant *C) { |
| 4435 | return ConstantEmission(C, false); |
| 4436 | } |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | explicit operator bool() const { |
| 4439 | return ValueAndIsReference.getOpaqueValue() != nullptr; |
| 4440 | } |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 | bool isReference() const { return ValueAndIsReference.getInt(); } |
| 4443 | LValue getReferenceLValue(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const Expr *RefExpr) const { |
| 4444 | assert(isReference()); |
| 4445 | return CGF.MakeNaturalAlignAddrLValue(V: ValueAndIsReference.getPointer(), |
| 4446 | T: RefExpr->getType()); |
| 4447 | } |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 | llvm::Constant *getValue() const { |
| 4450 | assert(!isReference()); |
| 4451 | return ValueAndIsReference.getPointer(); |
| 4452 | } |
| 4453 | }; |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | ConstantEmission tryEmitAsConstant(const DeclRefExpr *RefExpr); |
| 4456 | ConstantEmission tryEmitAsConstant(const MemberExpr *ME); |
| 4457 | llvm::Value *emitScalarConstant(const ConstantEmission &Constant, Expr *E); |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | RValue EmitPseudoObjectRValue(const PseudoObjectExpr *e, |
| 4460 | AggValueSlot slot = AggValueSlot::ignored()); |
| 4461 | LValue EmitPseudoObjectLValue(const PseudoObjectExpr *e); |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 | void FlattenAccessAndType( |
| 4464 | Address Addr, QualType AddrTy, |
| 4465 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Address, llvm::Value *>> &AccessList, |
| 4466 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &FlatTypes); |
| 4467 | |
| 4468 | llvm::Value *EmitIvarOffset(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface, |
| 4469 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar); |
| 4470 | llvm::Value *EmitIvarOffsetAsPointerDiff(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface, |
| 4471 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar); |
| 4472 | LValue EmitLValueForField(LValue Base, const FieldDecl *Field, |
| 4473 | bool IsInBounds = true); |
| 4474 | LValue EmitLValueForLambdaField(const FieldDecl *Field); |
| 4475 | LValue EmitLValueForLambdaField(const FieldDecl *Field, |
| 4476 | llvm::Value *ThisValue); |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | /// EmitLValueForFieldInitialization - Like EmitLValueForField, except that |
| 4479 | /// if the Field is a reference, this will return the address of the reference |
| 4480 | /// and not the address of the value stored in the reference. |
| 4481 | LValue EmitLValueForFieldInitialization(LValue Base, const FieldDecl *Field); |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 | LValue EmitLValueForIvar(QualType ObjectTy, llvm::Value *Base, |
| 4484 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar, unsigned CVRQualifiers); |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 | LValue EmitCXXConstructLValue(const CXXConstructExpr *E); |
| 4487 | LValue EmitCXXBindTemporaryLValue(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E); |
| 4488 | LValue EmitCXXTypeidLValue(const CXXTypeidExpr *E); |
| 4489 | LValue EmitCXXUuidofLValue(const CXXUuidofExpr *E); |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 | LValue EmitObjCMessageExprLValue(const ObjCMessageExpr *E); |
| 4492 | LValue EmitObjCIvarRefLValue(const ObjCIvarRefExpr *E); |
| 4493 | LValue EmitStmtExprLValue(const StmtExpr *E); |
| 4494 | LValue EmitPointerToDataMemberBinaryExpr(const BinaryOperator *E); |
| 4495 | LValue EmitObjCSelectorLValue(const ObjCSelectorExpr *E); |
| 4496 | void EmitDeclRefExprDbgValue(const DeclRefExpr *E, const APValue &Init); |
| 4497 | |
| 4498 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4499 | // Scalar Expression Emission |
| 4500 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 | /// EmitCall - Generate a call of the given function, expecting the given |
| 4503 | /// result type, and using the given argument list which specifies both the |
| 4504 | /// LLVM arguments and the types they were derived from. |
| 4505 | RValue EmitCall(const CGFunctionInfo &CallInfo, const CGCallee &Callee, |
| 4506 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, const CallArgList &Args, |
| 4507 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke, bool IsMustTail, |
| 4508 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4509 | bool IsVirtualFunctionPointerThunk = false); |
| 4510 | RValue EmitCall(const CGFunctionInfo &CallInfo, const CGCallee &Callee, |
| 4511 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, const CallArgList &Args, |
| 4512 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke = nullptr, |
| 4513 | bool IsMustTail = false) { |
| 4514 | return EmitCall(CallInfo, Callee, ReturnValue, Args, CallOrInvoke, |
| 4515 | IsMustTail, Loc: SourceLocation()); |
| 4516 | } |
| 4517 | RValue EmitCall(QualType FnType, const CGCallee &Callee, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4518 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, llvm::Value *Chain = nullptr, |
| 4519 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke = nullptr, |
| 4520 | CGFunctionInfo const **ResolvedFnInfo = nullptr); |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 | // If a Call or Invoke instruction was emitted for this CallExpr, this method |
| 4523 | // writes the pointer to `CallOrInvoke` if it's not null. |
| 4524 | RValue EmitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, |
| 4525 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue = ReturnValueSlot(), |
| 4526 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke = nullptr); |
| 4527 | RValue EmitSimpleCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
| 4528 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke = nullptr); |
| 4529 | CGCallee EmitCallee(const Expr *E); |
| 4530 | |
| 4531 | void checkTargetFeatures(const CallExpr *E, const FunctionDecl *TargetDecl); |
| 4532 | void checkTargetFeatures(SourceLocation Loc, const FunctionDecl *TargetDecl); |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | llvm::CallInst *EmitRuntimeCall(llvm::FunctionCallee callee, |
| 4535 | const Twine &name = "" ); |
| 4536 | llvm::CallInst *EmitRuntimeCall(llvm::FunctionCallee callee, |
| 4537 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> args, |
| 4538 | const Twine &name = "" ); |
| 4539 | llvm::CallInst *EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(llvm::FunctionCallee callee, |
| 4540 | const Twine &name = "" ); |
| 4541 | llvm::CallInst *EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(llvm::FunctionCallee callee, |
| 4542 | ArrayRef<Address> args, |
| 4543 | const Twine &name = "" ); |
| 4544 | llvm::CallInst *EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(llvm::FunctionCallee callee, |
| 4545 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> args, |
| 4546 | const Twine &name = "" ); |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | SmallVector<llvm::OperandBundleDef, 1> |
| 4549 | getBundlesForFunclet(llvm::Value *Callee); |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | llvm::CallBase *EmitCallOrInvoke(llvm::FunctionCallee Callee, |
| 4552 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> Args, |
| 4553 | const Twine &Name = "" ); |
| 4554 | llvm::CallBase *EmitRuntimeCallOrInvoke(llvm::FunctionCallee callee, |
| 4555 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> args, |
| 4556 | const Twine &name = "" ); |
| 4557 | llvm::CallBase *EmitRuntimeCallOrInvoke(llvm::FunctionCallee callee, |
| 4558 | const Twine &name = "" ); |
| 4559 | void EmitNoreturnRuntimeCallOrInvoke(llvm::FunctionCallee callee, |
| 4560 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> args); |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 | CGCallee BuildAppleKextVirtualCall(const CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 4563 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qual, llvm::Type *Ty); |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 | CGCallee BuildAppleKextVirtualDestructorCall(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD, |
| 4566 | CXXDtorType Type, |
| 4567 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 | bool isPointerKnownNonNull(const Expr *E); |
| 4570 | /// Check whether the underlying base pointer is a constant null. |
| 4571 | bool isUnderlyingBasePointerConstantNull(const Expr *E); |
| 4572 | |
| 4573 | /// Create the discriminator from the storage address and the entity hash. |
| 4574 | llvm::Value *EmitPointerAuthBlendDiscriminator(llvm::Value *StorageAddress, |
| 4575 | llvm::Value *Discriminator); |
| 4576 | CGPointerAuthInfo EmitPointerAuthInfo(const PointerAuthSchema &Schema, |
| 4577 | llvm::Value *StorageAddress, |
| 4578 | GlobalDecl SchemaDecl, |
| 4579 | QualType SchemaType); |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 | llvm::Value *EmitPointerAuthSign(const CGPointerAuthInfo &Info, |
| 4582 | llvm::Value *Pointer); |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | llvm::Value *EmitPointerAuthAuth(const CGPointerAuthInfo &Info, |
| 4585 | llvm::Value *Pointer); |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | llvm::Value *emitPointerAuthResign(llvm::Value *Pointer, QualType PointerType, |
| 4588 | const CGPointerAuthInfo &CurAuthInfo, |
| 4589 | const CGPointerAuthInfo &NewAuthInfo, |
| 4590 | bool IsKnownNonNull); |
| 4591 | llvm::Value *emitPointerAuthResignCall(llvm::Value *Pointer, |
| 4592 | const CGPointerAuthInfo &CurInfo, |
| 4593 | const CGPointerAuthInfo &NewInfo); |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | void EmitPointerAuthOperandBundle( |
| 4596 | const CGPointerAuthInfo &Info, |
| 4597 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::OperandBundleDef> &Bundles); |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | CGPointerAuthInfo EmitPointerAuthInfo(PointerAuthQualifier Qualifier, |
| 4600 | Address StorageAddress); |
| 4601 | llvm::Value *EmitPointerAuthQualify(PointerAuthQualifier Qualifier, |
| 4602 | llvm::Value *Pointer, QualType ValueType, |
| 4603 | Address StorageAddress, |
| 4604 | bool IsKnownNonNull); |
| 4605 | llvm::Value *EmitPointerAuthQualify(PointerAuthQualifier Qualifier, |
| 4606 | const Expr *PointerExpr, |
| 4607 | Address StorageAddress); |
| 4608 | llvm::Value *EmitPointerAuthUnqualify(PointerAuthQualifier Qualifier, |
| 4609 | llvm::Value *Pointer, |
| 4610 | QualType PointerType, |
| 4611 | Address StorageAddress, |
| 4612 | bool IsKnownNonNull); |
| 4613 | void EmitPointerAuthCopy(PointerAuthQualifier Qualifier, QualType Type, |
| 4614 | Address DestField, Address SrcField); |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 | std::pair<llvm::Value *, CGPointerAuthInfo> |
| 4617 | EmitOrigPointerRValue(const Expr *E); |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 | llvm::Value *authPointerToPointerCast(llvm::Value *ResultPtr, |
| 4620 | QualType SourceType, QualType DestType); |
| 4621 | Address authPointerToPointerCast(Address Ptr, QualType SourceType, |
| 4622 | QualType DestType); |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 | Address getAsNaturalAddressOf(Address Addr, QualType PointeeTy); |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | llvm::Value *getAsNaturalPointerTo(Address Addr, QualType PointeeType) { |
| 4627 | return getAsNaturalAddressOf(Addr, PointeeTy: PointeeType).getBasePointer(); |
| 4628 | } |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 | // Return the copy constructor name with the prefix "__copy_constructor_" |
| 4631 | // removed. |
| 4632 | static std::string getNonTrivialCopyConstructorStr(QualType QT, |
| 4633 | CharUnits Alignment, |
| 4634 | bool IsVolatile, |
| 4635 | ASTContext &Ctx); |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 | // Return the destructor name with the prefix "__destructor_" removed. |
| 4638 | static std::string getNonTrivialDestructorStr(QualType QT, |
| 4639 | CharUnits Alignment, |
| 4640 | bool IsVolatile, |
| 4641 | ASTContext &Ctx); |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 | // These functions emit calls to the special functions of non-trivial C |
| 4644 | // structs. |
| 4645 | void defaultInitNonTrivialCStructVar(LValue Dst); |
| 4646 | void callCStructDefaultConstructor(LValue Dst); |
| 4647 | void callCStructDestructor(LValue Dst); |
| 4648 | void callCStructCopyConstructor(LValue Dst, LValue Src); |
| 4649 | void callCStructMoveConstructor(LValue Dst, LValue Src); |
| 4650 | void callCStructCopyAssignmentOperator(LValue Dst, LValue Src); |
| 4651 | void callCStructMoveAssignmentOperator(LValue Dst, LValue Src); |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 | RValue EmitCXXMemberOrOperatorCall( |
| 4654 | const CXXMethodDecl *Method, const CGCallee &Callee, |
| 4655 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, llvm::Value *This, |
| 4656 | llvm::Value *ImplicitParam, QualType ImplicitParamTy, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4657 | CallArgList *RtlArgs, llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke); |
| 4658 | RValue EmitCXXDestructorCall(GlobalDecl Dtor, const CGCallee &Callee, |
| 4659 | llvm::Value *This, QualType ThisTy, |
| 4660 | llvm::Value *ImplicitParam, |
| 4661 | QualType ImplicitParamTy, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4662 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke = nullptr); |
| 4663 | RValue EmitCXXMemberCallExpr(const CXXMemberCallExpr *E, |
| 4664 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
| 4665 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke = nullptr); |
| 4666 | RValue EmitCXXMemberOrOperatorMemberCallExpr( |
| 4667 | const CallExpr *CE, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
| 4668 | bool HasQualifier, NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, bool IsArrow, |
| 4669 | const Expr *Base, llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke); |
| 4670 | // Compute the object pointer. |
| 4671 | Address EmitCXXMemberDataPointerAddress( |
| 4672 | const Expr *E, Address base, llvm::Value *memberPtr, |
| 4673 | const MemberPointerType *memberPtrType, bool IsInBounds, |
| 4674 | LValueBaseInfo *BaseInfo = nullptr, TBAAAccessInfo *TBAAInfo = nullptr); |
| 4675 | RValue EmitCXXMemberPointerCallExpr(const CXXMemberCallExpr *E, |
| 4676 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
| 4677 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke); |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 | RValue EmitCXXOperatorMemberCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *E, |
| 4680 | const CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 4681 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
| 4682 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke); |
| 4683 | RValue EmitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(const CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E); |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 | RValue EmitCUDAKernelCallExpr(const CUDAKernelCallExpr *E, |
| 4686 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
| 4687 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke); |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | RValue EmitNVPTXDevicePrintfCallExpr(const CallExpr *E); |
| 4690 | RValue EmitAMDGPUDevicePrintfCallExpr(const CallExpr *E); |
| 4691 | |
| 4692 | RValue EmitBuiltinExpr(const GlobalDecl GD, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 4693 | const CallExpr *E, ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue); |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | RValue emitRotate(const CallExpr *E, bool IsRotateRight); |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | /// Emit IR for __builtin_os_log_format. |
| 4698 | RValue emitBuiltinOSLogFormat(const CallExpr &E); |
| 4699 | |
| 4700 | /// Emit IR for __builtin_is_aligned. |
| 4701 | RValue EmitBuiltinIsAligned(const CallExpr *E); |
| 4702 | /// Emit IR for __builtin_align_up/__builtin_align_down. |
| 4703 | RValue EmitBuiltinAlignTo(const CallExpr *E, bool AlignUp); |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 | llvm::Function *generateBuiltinOSLogHelperFunction( |
| 4706 | const analyze_os_log::OSLogBufferLayout &Layout, |
| 4707 | CharUnits BufferAlignment); |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 | RValue EmitBlockCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
| 4710 | llvm::CallBase **CallOrInvoke); |
| 4711 | |
| 4712 | /// EmitTargetBuiltinExpr - Emit the given builtin call. Returns 0 if the call |
| 4713 | /// is unhandled by the current target. |
| 4714 | llvm::Value *EmitTargetBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4715 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue); |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | llvm::Value * |
| 4718 | EmitAArch64CompareBuiltinExpr(llvm::Value *Op, llvm::Type *Ty, |
| 4719 | const llvm::CmpInst::Predicate Pred, |
| 4720 | const llvm::Twine &Name = "" ); |
| 4721 | llvm::Value *EmitARMBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4722 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
| 4723 | llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch); |
| 4724 | llvm::Value *EmitARMMVEBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4725 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
| 4726 | llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch); |
| 4727 | llvm::Value *EmitARMCDEBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4728 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue, |
| 4729 | llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch); |
| 4730 | llvm::Value *EmitCMSEClearRecord(llvm::Value *V, llvm::IntegerType *ITy, |
| 4731 | QualType RTy); |
| 4732 | llvm::Value *EmitCMSEClearRecord(llvm::Value *V, llvm::ArrayType *ATy, |
| 4733 | QualType RTy); |
| 4734 | |
| 4735 | llvm::Value * |
| 4736 | EmitCommonNeonBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, unsigned LLVMIntrinsic, |
| 4737 | unsigned AltLLVMIntrinsic, const char *NameHint, |
| 4738 | unsigned Modifier, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4739 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, Address PtrOp0, |
| 4740 | Address PtrOp1, llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch); |
| 4741 | |
| 4742 | llvm::Function *LookupNeonLLVMIntrinsic(unsigned IntrinsicID, |
| 4743 | unsigned Modifier, llvm::Type *ArgTy, |
| 4744 | const CallExpr *E); |
| 4745 | llvm::Value *EmitNeonCall(llvm::Function *F, |
| 4746 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &O, const char *name, |
| 4747 | unsigned shift = 0, bool rightshift = false); |
| 4748 | llvm::Value *EmitFP8NeonCall(unsigned IID, ArrayRef<llvm::Type *> Tys, |
| 4749 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &O, |
| 4750 | const CallExpr *E, const char *name); |
| 4751 | llvm::Value *EmitFP8NeonCvtCall(unsigned IID, llvm::Type *Ty0, |
| 4752 | llvm::Type *Ty1, bool , |
| 4753 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4754 | const CallExpr *E, const char *name); |
| 4755 | llvm::Value *EmitFP8NeonFDOTCall(unsigned IID, bool ExtendLaneArg, |
| 4756 | llvm::Type *RetTy, |
| 4757 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4758 | const CallExpr *E, const char *name); |
| 4759 | llvm::Value *EmitFP8NeonFMLACall(unsigned IID, bool ExtendLaneArg, |
| 4760 | llvm::Type *RetTy, |
| 4761 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4762 | const CallExpr *E, const char *name); |
| 4763 | llvm::Value *EmitNeonSplat(llvm::Value *V, llvm::Constant *Idx, |
| 4764 | const llvm::ElementCount &Count); |
| 4765 | llvm::Value *EmitNeonSplat(llvm::Value *V, llvm::Constant *Idx); |
| 4766 | llvm::Value *EmitNeonShiftVector(llvm::Value *V, llvm::Type *Ty, |
| 4767 | bool negateForRightShift); |
| 4768 | llvm::Value *EmitNeonRShiftImm(llvm::Value *Vec, llvm::Value *Amt, |
| 4769 | llvm::Type *Ty, bool usgn, const char *name); |
| 4770 | llvm::Value *vectorWrapScalar16(llvm::Value *Op); |
| 4771 | /// SVEBuiltinMemEltTy - Returns the memory element type for this memory |
| 4772 | /// access builtin. Only required if it can't be inferred from the base |
| 4773 | /// pointer operand. |
| 4774 | llvm::Type *SVEBuiltinMemEltTy(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags); |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 | SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 2> |
| 4777 | getSVEOverloadTypes(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, llvm::Type *ReturnType, |
| 4778 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> Ops); |
| 4779 | llvm::Type *getEltType(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags); |
| 4780 | llvm::ScalableVectorType *getSVEType(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags); |
| 4781 | llvm::ScalableVectorType *getSVEPredType(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags); |
| 4782 | llvm::Value *EmitSVETupleSetOrGet(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4783 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> Ops); |
| 4784 | llvm::Value *EmitSVETupleCreate(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4785 | llvm::Type *ReturnType, |
| 4786 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> Ops); |
| 4787 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEAllTruePred(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags); |
| 4788 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEDupX(llvm::Value *Scalar); |
| 4789 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEDupX(llvm::Value *Scalar, llvm::Type *Ty); |
| 4790 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEReinterpret(llvm::Value *Val, llvm::Type *Ty); |
| 4791 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEPMull(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4792 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4793 | unsigned BuiltinID); |
| 4794 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEMovl(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4795 | llvm::ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> Ops, |
| 4796 | unsigned BuiltinID); |
| 4797 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEPredicateCast(llvm::Value *Pred, |
| 4798 | llvm::ScalableVectorType *VTy); |
| 4799 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEPredicateTupleCast(llvm::Value *PredTuple, |
| 4800 | llvm::StructType *Ty); |
| 4801 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEGatherLoad(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4802 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4803 | unsigned IntID); |
| 4804 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEScatterStore(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4805 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4806 | unsigned IntID); |
| 4807 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEMaskedLoad(const CallExpr *, llvm::Type *ReturnTy, |
| 4808 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4809 | unsigned BuiltinID, bool IsZExtReturn); |
| 4810 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEMaskedStore(const CallExpr *, |
| 4811 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4812 | unsigned BuiltinID); |
| 4813 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEPrefetchLoad(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4814 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4815 | unsigned BuiltinID); |
| 4816 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEGatherPrefetch(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4817 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4818 | unsigned IntID); |
| 4819 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEStructLoad(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4820 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4821 | unsigned IntID); |
| 4822 | llvm::Value *EmitSVEStructStore(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4823 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4824 | unsigned IntID); |
| 4825 | llvm::Value *EmitAArch64SVEBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | llvm::Value *EmitSMELd1St1(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4828 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4829 | unsigned IntID); |
| 4830 | llvm::Value *EmitSMEReadWrite(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4831 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4832 | unsigned IntID); |
| 4833 | llvm::Value *EmitSMEZero(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4834 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4835 | unsigned IntID); |
| 4836 | llvm::Value *EmitSMELdrStr(const SVETypeFlags &TypeFlags, |
| 4837 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4838 | unsigned IntID); |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 | void GetAArch64SVEProcessedOperands(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4841 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &Ops, |
| 4842 | SVETypeFlags TypeFlags); |
| 4843 | |
| 4844 | llvm::Value *EmitAArch64SMEBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 | llvm::Value *EmitAArch64BuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4847 | llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch); |
| 4848 | llvm::Value *EmitBPFBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4849 | |
| 4850 | llvm::Value *BuildVector(ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> Ops); |
| 4851 | llvm::Value *EmitX86BuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4852 | llvm::Value *EmitPPCBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4853 | llvm::Value *EmitAMDGPUBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4854 | llvm::Value *EmitHLSLBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4855 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue); |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 | // Returns a builtin function that the SPIR-V backend will expand into a spec |
| 4858 | // constant. |
| 4859 | llvm::Function * |
| 4860 | getSpecConstantFunction(const clang::QualType &SpecConstantType); |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | llvm::Value *EmitDirectXBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4863 | llvm::Value *EmitSPIRVBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4864 | llvm::Value *EmitScalarOrConstFoldImmArg(unsigned ICEArguments, unsigned Idx, |
| 4865 | const CallExpr *E); |
| 4866 | llvm::Value *EmitSystemZBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4867 | llvm::Value *EmitNVPTXBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4868 | llvm::Value *EmitWebAssemblyBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 4869 | const CallExpr *E); |
| 4870 | llvm::Value *EmitHexagonBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4871 | llvm::Value *EmitRISCVBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E, |
| 4872 | ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue); |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 | llvm::Value *EmitRISCVCpuSupports(const CallExpr *E); |
| 4875 | llvm::Value *EmitRISCVCpuSupports(ArrayRef<StringRef> FeaturesStrs); |
| 4876 | llvm::Value *EmitRISCVCpuInit(); |
| 4877 | llvm::Value *EmitRISCVCpuIs(const CallExpr *E); |
| 4878 | llvm::Value *EmitRISCVCpuIs(StringRef CPUStr); |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 | void AddAMDGPUFenceAddressSpaceMMRA(llvm::Instruction *Inst, |
| 4881 | const CallExpr *E); |
| 4882 | void ProcessOrderScopeAMDGCN(llvm::Value *Order, llvm::Value *Scope, |
| 4883 | llvm::AtomicOrdering &AO, |
| 4884 | llvm::SyncScope::ID &SSID); |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | enum class MSVCIntrin; |
| 4887 | llvm::Value *EmitMSVCBuiltinExpr(MSVCIntrin BuiltinID, const CallExpr *E); |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 | llvm::Value *EmitBuiltinAvailable(const VersionTuple &Version); |
| 4890 | |
| 4891 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCProtocolExpr(const ObjCProtocolExpr *E); |
| 4892 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E); |
| 4893 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCBoxedExpr(const ObjCBoxedExpr *E); |
| 4894 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCArrayLiteral(const ObjCArrayLiteral *E); |
| 4895 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCDictionaryLiteral(const ObjCDictionaryLiteral *E); |
| 4896 | llvm::Value * |
| 4897 | EmitObjCCollectionLiteral(const Expr *E, |
| 4898 | const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodWithObjects); |
| 4899 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCSelectorExpr(const ObjCSelectorExpr *E); |
| 4900 | RValue EmitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *E, |
| 4901 | ReturnValueSlot Return = ReturnValueSlot()); |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | /// Retrieves the default cleanup kind for an ARC cleanup. |
| 4904 | /// Except under -fobjc-arc-eh, ARC cleanups are normal-only. |
| 4905 | CleanupKind getARCCleanupKind() { |
| 4906 | return CGM.getCodeGenOpts().ObjCAutoRefCountExceptions ? NormalAndEHCleanup |
| 4907 | : NormalCleanup; |
| 4908 | } |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 | // ARC primitives. |
| 4911 | void EmitARCInitWeak(Address addr, llvm::Value *value); |
| 4912 | void EmitARCDestroyWeak(Address addr); |
| 4913 | llvm::Value *EmitARCLoadWeak(Address addr); |
| 4914 | llvm::Value *EmitARCLoadWeakRetained(Address addr); |
| 4915 | llvm::Value *EmitARCStoreWeak(Address addr, llvm::Value *value, bool ignored); |
| 4916 | void emitARCCopyAssignWeak(QualType Ty, Address DstAddr, Address SrcAddr); |
| 4917 | void emitARCMoveAssignWeak(QualType Ty, Address DstAddr, Address SrcAddr); |
| 4918 | void EmitARCCopyWeak(Address dst, Address src); |
| 4919 | void EmitARCMoveWeak(Address dst, Address src); |
| 4920 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainAutorelease(QualType type, llvm::Value *value); |
| 4921 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainAutoreleaseNonBlock(llvm::Value *value); |
| 4922 | llvm::Value *EmitARCStoreStrong(LValue lvalue, llvm::Value *value, |
| 4923 | bool resultIgnored); |
| 4924 | llvm::Value *EmitARCStoreStrongCall(Address addr, llvm::Value *value, |
| 4925 | bool resultIgnored); |
| 4926 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetain(QualType type, llvm::Value *value); |
| 4927 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainNonBlock(llvm::Value *value); |
| 4928 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainBlock(llvm::Value *value, bool mandatory); |
| 4929 | void EmitARCDestroyStrong(Address addr, ARCPreciseLifetime_t precise); |
| 4930 | void EmitARCRelease(llvm::Value *value, ARCPreciseLifetime_t precise); |
| 4931 | llvm::Value *EmitARCAutorelease(llvm::Value *value); |
| 4932 | llvm::Value *EmitARCAutoreleaseReturnValue(llvm::Value *value); |
| 4933 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainAutoreleaseReturnValue(llvm::Value *value); |
| 4934 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValue(llvm::Value *value); |
| 4935 | llvm::Value *EmitARCUnsafeClaimAutoreleasedReturnValue(llvm::Value *value); |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCAutorelease(llvm::Value *value, llvm::Type *returnType); |
| 4938 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCRetainNonBlock(llvm::Value *value, |
| 4939 | llvm::Type *returnType); |
| 4940 | void EmitObjCRelease(llvm::Value *value, ARCPreciseLifetime_t precise); |
| 4941 | |
| 4942 | std::pair<LValue, llvm::Value *> |
| 4943 | EmitARCStoreAutoreleasing(const BinaryOperator *e); |
| 4944 | std::pair<LValue, llvm::Value *> EmitARCStoreStrong(const BinaryOperator *e, |
| 4945 | bool ignored); |
| 4946 | std::pair<LValue, llvm::Value *> |
| 4947 | EmitARCStoreUnsafeUnretained(const BinaryOperator *e, bool ignored); |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCAlloc(llvm::Value *value, llvm::Type *returnType); |
| 4950 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCAllocWithZone(llvm::Value *value, |
| 4951 | llvm::Type *returnType); |
| 4952 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCAllocInit(llvm::Value *value, llvm::Type *resultType); |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCThrowOperand(const Expr *expr); |
| 4955 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCConsumeObject(QualType T, llvm::Value *Ptr); |
| 4956 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCExtendObjectLifetime(QualType T, llvm::Value *Ptr); |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 | llvm::Value *EmitARCExtendBlockObject(const Expr *expr); |
| 4959 | llvm::Value *EmitARCReclaimReturnedObject(const Expr *e, |
| 4960 | bool allowUnsafeClaim); |
| 4961 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainScalarExpr(const Expr *expr); |
| 4962 | llvm::Value *EmitARCRetainAutoreleaseScalarExpr(const Expr *expr); |
| 4963 | llvm::Value *EmitARCUnsafeUnretainedScalarExpr(const Expr *expr); |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 | void EmitARCIntrinsicUse(ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> values); |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | void EmitARCNoopIntrinsicUse(ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> values); |
| 4968 | |
| 4969 | static Destroyer destroyARCStrongImprecise; |
| 4970 | static Destroyer destroyARCStrongPrecise; |
| 4971 | static Destroyer destroyARCWeak; |
| 4972 | static Destroyer emitARCIntrinsicUse; |
| 4973 | static Destroyer destroyNonTrivialCStruct; |
| 4974 | |
| 4975 | void EmitObjCAutoreleasePoolPop(llvm::Value *Ptr); |
| 4976 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCAutoreleasePoolPush(); |
| 4977 | llvm::Value *EmitObjCMRRAutoreleasePoolPush(); |
| 4978 | void EmitObjCAutoreleasePoolCleanup(llvm::Value *Ptr); |
| 4979 | void EmitObjCMRRAutoreleasePoolPop(llvm::Value *Ptr); |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | /// Emits a reference binding to the passed in expression. |
| 4982 | RValue EmitReferenceBindingToExpr(const Expr *E); |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4985 | // Expression Emission |
| 4986 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 | // Expressions are broken into three classes: scalar, complex, aggregate. |
| 4989 | |
| 4990 | /// EmitScalarExpr - Emit the computation of the specified expression of LLVM |
| 4991 | /// scalar type, returning the result. |
| 4992 | llvm::Value *EmitScalarExpr(const Expr *E, bool IgnoreResultAssign = false); |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 | /// Emit a conversion from the specified type to the specified destination |
| 4995 | /// type, both of which are LLVM scalar types. |
| 4996 | llvm::Value *EmitScalarConversion(llvm::Value *Src, QualType SrcTy, |
| 4997 | QualType DstTy, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 | /// Emit a conversion from the specified complex type to the specified |
| 5000 | /// destination type, where the destination type is an LLVM scalar type. |
| 5001 | llvm::Value *EmitComplexToScalarConversion(ComplexPairTy Src, QualType SrcTy, |
| 5002 | QualType DstTy, |
| 5003 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | /// EmitAggExpr - Emit the computation of the specified expression |
| 5006 | /// of aggregate type. The result is computed into the given slot, |
| 5007 | /// which may be null to indicate that the value is not needed. |
| 5008 | void EmitAggExpr(const Expr *E, AggValueSlot AS); |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 | /// EmitAggExprToLValue - Emit the computation of the specified expression of |
| 5011 | /// aggregate type into a temporary LValue. |
| 5012 | LValue EmitAggExprToLValue(const Expr *E); |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 | enum ExprValueKind { EVK_RValue, EVK_NonRValue }; |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 | /// EmitAggFinalDestCopy - Emit copy of the specified aggregate into |
| 5017 | /// destination address. |
| 5018 | void EmitAggFinalDestCopy(QualType Type, AggValueSlot Dest, const LValue &Src, |
| 5019 | ExprValueKind SrcKind); |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 | /// Create a store to \arg DstPtr from \arg Src, truncating the stored value |
| 5022 | /// to at most \arg DstSize bytes. |
| 5023 | void CreateCoercedStore(llvm::Value *Src, Address Dst, llvm::TypeSize DstSize, |
| 5024 | bool DstIsVolatile); |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | /// EmitExtendGCLifetime - Given a pointer to an Objective-C object, |
| 5027 | /// make sure it survives garbage collection until this point. |
| 5028 | void EmitExtendGCLifetime(llvm::Value *object); |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 | /// EmitComplexExpr - Emit the computation of the specified expression of |
| 5031 | /// complex type, returning the result. |
| 5032 | ComplexPairTy EmitComplexExpr(const Expr *E, bool IgnoreReal = false, |
| 5033 | bool IgnoreImag = false); |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | /// EmitComplexExprIntoLValue - Emit the given expression of complex |
| 5036 | /// type and place its result into the specified l-value. |
| 5037 | void EmitComplexExprIntoLValue(const Expr *E, LValue dest, bool isInit); |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | /// EmitStoreOfComplex - Store a complex number into the specified l-value. |
| 5040 | void EmitStoreOfComplex(ComplexPairTy V, LValue dest, bool isInit); |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 | /// EmitLoadOfComplex - Load a complex number from the specified l-value. |
| 5043 | ComplexPairTy EmitLoadOfComplex(LValue src, SourceLocation loc); |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | ComplexPairTy EmitPromotedComplexExpr(const Expr *E, QualType PromotionType); |
| 5046 | llvm::Value *EmitPromotedScalarExpr(const Expr *E, QualType PromotionType); |
| 5047 | ComplexPairTy EmitPromotedValue(ComplexPairTy result, QualType PromotionType); |
| 5048 | ComplexPairTy EmitUnPromotedValue(ComplexPairTy result, |
| 5049 | QualType PromotionType); |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | Address emitAddrOfRealComponent(Address complex, QualType complexType); |
| 5052 | Address emitAddrOfImagComponent(Address complex, QualType complexType); |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 | /// AddInitializerToStaticVarDecl - Add the initializer for 'D' to the |
| 5055 | /// global variable that has already been created for it. If the initializer |
| 5056 | /// has a different type than GV does, this may free GV and return a different |
| 5057 | /// one. Otherwise it just returns GV. |
| 5058 | llvm::GlobalVariable *AddInitializerToStaticVarDecl(const VarDecl &D, |
| 5059 | llvm::GlobalVariable *GV); |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | // Emit an @llvm.invariant.start call for the given memory region. |
| 5062 | void EmitInvariantStart(llvm::Constant *Addr, CharUnits Size); |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 | /// EmitCXXGlobalVarDeclInit - Create the initializer for a C++ |
| 5065 | /// variable with global storage. |
| 5066 | void EmitCXXGlobalVarDeclInit(const VarDecl &D, llvm::GlobalVariable *GV, |
| 5067 | bool PerformInit); |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 | llvm::Constant *createAtExitStub(const VarDecl &VD, llvm::FunctionCallee Dtor, |
| 5070 | llvm::Constant *Addr); |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | llvm::Function *createTLSAtExitStub(const VarDecl &VD, |
| 5073 | llvm::FunctionCallee Dtor, |
| 5074 | llvm::Constant *Addr, |
| 5075 | llvm::FunctionCallee &AtExit); |
| 5076 | |
| 5077 | /// Call atexit() with a function that passes the given argument to |
| 5078 | /// the given function. |
| 5079 | void registerGlobalDtorWithAtExit(const VarDecl &D, llvm::FunctionCallee fn, |
| 5080 | llvm::Constant *addr); |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | /// Registers the dtor using 'llvm.global_dtors' for platforms that do not |
| 5083 | /// support an 'atexit()' function. |
| 5084 | void registerGlobalDtorWithLLVM(const VarDecl &D, llvm::FunctionCallee fn, |
| 5085 | llvm::Constant *addr); |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | /// Call atexit() with function dtorStub. |
| 5088 | void registerGlobalDtorWithAtExit(llvm::Constant *dtorStub); |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 | /// Call unatexit() with function dtorStub. |
| 5091 | llvm::Value *unregisterGlobalDtorWithUnAtExit(llvm::Constant *dtorStub); |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | /// Emit code in this function to perform a guarded variable |
| 5094 | /// initialization. Guarded initializations are used when it's not |
| 5095 | /// possible to prove that an initialization will be done exactly |
| 5096 | /// once, e.g. with a static local variable or a static data member |
| 5097 | /// of a class template. |
| 5098 | void EmitCXXGuardedInit(const VarDecl &D, llvm::GlobalVariable *DeclPtr, |
| 5099 | bool PerformInit); |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 | enum class GuardKind { VariableGuard, TlsGuard }; |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | /// Emit a branch to select whether or not to perform guarded initialization. |
| 5104 | void EmitCXXGuardedInitBranch(llvm::Value *NeedsInit, |
| 5105 | llvm::BasicBlock *InitBlock, |
| 5106 | llvm::BasicBlock *NoInitBlock, GuardKind Kind, |
| 5107 | const VarDecl *D); |
| 5108 | |
| 5109 | /// GenerateCXXGlobalInitFunc - Generates code for initializing global |
| 5110 | /// variables. |
| 5111 | void |
| 5112 | GenerateCXXGlobalInitFunc(llvm::Function *Fn, |
| 5113 | ArrayRef<llvm::Function *> CXXThreadLocals, |
| 5114 | ConstantAddress Guard = ConstantAddress::invalid()); |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | /// GenerateCXXGlobalCleanUpFunc - Generates code for cleaning up global |
| 5117 | /// variables. |
| 5118 | void GenerateCXXGlobalCleanUpFunc( |
| 5119 | llvm::Function *Fn, |
| 5120 | ArrayRef<std::tuple<llvm::FunctionType *, llvm::WeakTrackingVH, |
| 5121 | llvm::Constant *>> |
| 5122 | DtorsOrStermFinalizers); |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 | void GenerateCXXGlobalVarDeclInitFunc(llvm::Function *Fn, const VarDecl *D, |
| 5125 | llvm::GlobalVariable *Addr, |
| 5126 | bool PerformInit); |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 | void EmitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E, AggValueSlot Dest); |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 | void EmitSynthesizedCXXCopyCtor(Address Dest, Address Src, const Expr *Exp); |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 | void EmitCXXThrowExpr(const CXXThrowExpr *E, bool KeepInsertionPoint = true); |
| 5133 | |
| 5134 | RValue EmitAtomicExpr(AtomicExpr *E); |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | void EmitFakeUse(Address Addr); |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5139 | // Annotations Emission |
| 5140 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 | /// Emit an annotation call (intrinsic). |
| 5143 | llvm::Value *EmitAnnotationCall(llvm::Function *AnnotationFn, |
| 5144 | llvm::Value *AnnotatedVal, |
| 5145 | StringRef AnnotationStr, |
| 5146 | SourceLocation Location, |
| 5147 | const AnnotateAttr *Attr); |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 | /// Emit local annotations for the local variable V, declared by D. |
| 5150 | void EmitVarAnnotations(const VarDecl *D, llvm::Value *V); |
| 5151 | |
| 5152 | /// Emit field annotations for the given field & value. Returns the |
| 5153 | /// annotation result. |
| 5154 | Address EmitFieldAnnotations(const FieldDecl *D, Address V); |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5157 | // Internal Helpers |
| 5158 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | /// ContainsLabel - Return true if the statement contains a label in it. If |
| 5161 | /// this statement is not executed normally, it not containing a label means |
| 5162 | /// that we can just remove the code. |
| 5163 | static bool ContainsLabel(const Stmt *S, bool IgnoreCaseStmts = false); |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | /// containsBreak - Return true if the statement contains a break out of it. |
| 5166 | /// If the statement (recursively) contains a switch or loop with a break |
| 5167 | /// inside of it, this is fine. |
| 5168 | static bool containsBreak(const Stmt *S); |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 | /// Determine if the given statement might introduce a declaration into the |
| 5171 | /// current scope, by being a (possibly-labelled) DeclStmt. |
| 5172 | static bool mightAddDeclToScope(const Stmt *S); |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | /// ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger - If the specified expression does not fold |
| 5175 | /// to a constant, or if it does but contains a label, return false. If it |
| 5176 | /// constant folds return true and set the boolean result in Result. |
| 5177 | bool ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(const Expr *Cond, bool &Result, |
| 5178 | bool AllowLabels = false); |
| 5179 | |
| 5180 | /// ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger - If the specified expression does not fold |
| 5181 | /// to a constant, or if it does but contains a label, return false. If it |
| 5182 | /// constant folds return true and set the folded value. |
| 5183 | bool ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(const Expr *Cond, llvm::APSInt &Result, |
| 5184 | bool AllowLabels = false); |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 | /// Ignore parentheses and logical-NOT to track conditions consistently. |
| 5187 | static const Expr *stripCond(const Expr *C); |
| 5188 | |
| 5189 | /// isInstrumentedCondition - Determine whether the given condition is an |
| 5190 | /// instrumentable condition (i.e. no "&&" or "||"). |
| 5191 | static bool isInstrumentedCondition(const Expr *C); |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 | /// EmitBranchToCounterBlock - Emit a conditional branch to a new block that |
| 5194 | /// increments a profile counter based on the semantics of the given logical |
| 5195 | /// operator opcode. This is used to instrument branch condition coverage |
| 5196 | /// for logical operators. |
| 5197 | void EmitBranchToCounterBlock(const Expr *Cond, BinaryOperator::Opcode LOp, |
| 5198 | llvm::BasicBlock *TrueBlock, |
| 5199 | llvm::BasicBlock *FalseBlock, |
| 5200 | uint64_t TrueCount = 0, |
| 5201 | Stmt::Likelihood LH = Stmt::LH_None, |
| 5202 | const Expr *CntrIdx = nullptr); |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 | /// EmitBranchOnBoolExpr - Emit a branch on a boolean condition (e.g. for an |
| 5205 | /// if statement) to the specified blocks. Based on the condition, this might |
| 5206 | /// try to simplify the codegen of the conditional based on the branch. |
| 5207 | /// TrueCount should be the number of times we expect the condition to |
| 5208 | /// evaluate to true based on PGO data. |
| 5209 | void EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(const Expr *Cond, llvm::BasicBlock *TrueBlock, |
| 5210 | llvm::BasicBlock *FalseBlock, uint64_t TrueCount, |
| 5211 | Stmt::Likelihood LH = Stmt::LH_None, |
| 5212 | const Expr *ConditionalOp = nullptr, |
| 5213 | const VarDecl *ConditionalDecl = nullptr); |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 | /// Given an assignment `*LHS = RHS`, emit a test that checks if \p RHS is |
| 5216 | /// nonnull, if \p LHS is marked _Nonnull. |
| 5217 | void EmitNullabilityCheck(LValue LHS, llvm::Value *RHS, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | /// An enumeration which makes it easier to specify whether or not an |
| 5220 | /// operation is a subtraction. |
| 5221 | enum { NotSubtraction = false, IsSubtraction = true }; |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | /// Same as IRBuilder::CreateInBoundsGEP, but additionally emits a check to |
| 5224 | /// detect undefined behavior when the pointer overflow sanitizer is enabled. |
| 5225 | /// \p SignedIndices indicates whether any of the GEP indices are signed. |
| 5226 | /// \p IsSubtraction indicates whether the expression used to form the GEP |
| 5227 | /// is a subtraction. |
| 5228 | llvm::Value *EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(llvm::Type *ElemTy, llvm::Value *Ptr, |
| 5229 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> IdxList, |
| 5230 | bool SignedIndices, bool IsSubtraction, |
| 5231 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5232 | const Twine &Name = "" ); |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 | Address EmitCheckedInBoundsGEP(Address Addr, ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> IdxList, |
| 5235 | llvm::Type *elementType, bool SignedIndices, |
| 5236 | bool IsSubtraction, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5237 | CharUnits Align, const Twine &Name = "" ); |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 | /// Specifies which type of sanitizer check to apply when handling a |
| 5240 | /// particular builtin. |
| 5241 | enum BuiltinCheckKind { |
| 5242 | BCK_CTZPassedZero, |
| 5243 | BCK_CLZPassedZero, |
| 5244 | BCK_AssumePassedFalse, |
| 5245 | }; |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 | /// Emits an argument for a call to a builtin. If the builtin sanitizer is |
| 5248 | /// enabled, a runtime check specified by \p Kind is also emitted. |
| 5249 | llvm::Value *EmitCheckedArgForBuiltin(const Expr *E, BuiltinCheckKind Kind); |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 | /// Emits an argument for a call to a `__builtin_assume`. If the builtin |
| 5252 | /// sanitizer is enabled, a runtime check is also emitted. |
| 5253 | llvm::Value *EmitCheckedArgForAssume(const Expr *E); |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | /// Emit a description of a type in a format suitable for passing to |
| 5256 | /// a runtime sanitizer handler. |
| 5257 | llvm::Constant *EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(QualType T); |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | /// Convert a value into a format suitable for passing to a runtime |
| 5260 | /// sanitizer handler. |
| 5261 | llvm::Value *EmitCheckValue(llvm::Value *V); |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 | /// Emit a description of a source location in a format suitable for |
| 5264 | /// passing to a runtime sanitizer handler. |
| 5265 | llvm::Constant *EmitCheckSourceLocation(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 | void EmitKCFIOperandBundle(const CGCallee &Callee, |
| 5268 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::OperandBundleDef> &Bundles); |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | /// Create a basic block that will either trap or call a handler function in |
| 5271 | /// the UBSan runtime with the provided arguments, and create a conditional |
| 5272 | /// branch to it. |
| 5273 | void |
| 5274 | EmitCheck(ArrayRef<std::pair<llvm::Value *, SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal>> |
| 5275 | Checked, |
| 5276 | SanitizerHandler Check, ArrayRef<llvm::Constant *> StaticArgs, |
| 5277 | ArrayRef<llvm::Value *> DynamicArgs); |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 | /// Emit a slow path cross-DSO CFI check which calls __cfi_slowpath |
| 5280 | /// if Cond if false. |
| 5281 | void EmitCfiSlowPathCheck(SanitizerKind::SanitizerOrdinal Ordinal, |
| 5282 | llvm::Value *Cond, llvm::ConstantInt *TypeId, |
| 5283 | llvm::Value *Ptr, |
| 5284 | ArrayRef<llvm::Constant *> StaticArgs); |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 | /// Emit a reached-unreachable diagnostic if \p Loc is valid and runtime |
| 5287 | /// checking is enabled. Otherwise, just emit an unreachable instruction. |
| 5288 | void EmitUnreachable(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 | /// Create a basic block that will call the trap intrinsic, and emit a |
| 5291 | /// conditional branch to it, for the -ftrapv checks. |
| 5292 | void EmitTrapCheck(llvm::Value *Checked, SanitizerHandler CheckHandlerID, |
| 5293 | bool NoMerge = false); |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | /// Emit a call to trap or debugtrap and attach function attribute |
| 5296 | /// "trap-func-name" if specified. |
| 5297 | llvm::CallInst *EmitTrapCall(llvm::Intrinsic::ID IntrID); |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 | /// Emit a stub for the cross-DSO CFI check function. |
| 5300 | void EmitCfiCheckStub(); |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | /// Emit a cross-DSO CFI failure handling function. |
| 5303 | void EmitCfiCheckFail(); |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 | /// Create a check for a function parameter that may potentially be |
| 5306 | /// declared as non-null. |
| 5307 | void EmitNonNullArgCheck(RValue RV, QualType ArgType, SourceLocation ArgLoc, |
| 5308 | AbstractCallee AC, unsigned ParmNum); |
| 5309 | |
| 5310 | void EmitNonNullArgCheck(Address Addr, QualType ArgType, |
| 5311 | SourceLocation ArgLoc, AbstractCallee AC, |
| 5312 | unsigned ParmNum); |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 | /// EmitWriteback - Emit callbacks for function. |
| 5315 | void EmitWritebacks(const CallArgList &Args); |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 | /// EmitCallArg - Emit a single call argument. |
| 5318 | void EmitCallArg(CallArgList &args, const Expr *E, QualType ArgType); |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 | /// EmitDelegateCallArg - We are performing a delegate call; that |
| 5321 | /// is, the current function is delegating to another one. Produce |
| 5322 | /// a r-value suitable for passing the given parameter. |
| 5323 | void EmitDelegateCallArg(CallArgList &args, const VarDecl *param, |
| 5324 | SourceLocation loc); |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | /// SetFPAccuracy - Set the minimum required accuracy of the given floating |
| 5327 | /// point operation, expressed as the maximum relative error in ulp. |
| 5328 | void SetFPAccuracy(llvm::Value *Val, float Accuracy); |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | /// Set the minimum required accuracy of the given sqrt operation |
| 5331 | /// based on CodeGenOpts. |
| 5332 | void SetSqrtFPAccuracy(llvm::Value *Val); |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 | /// Set the minimum required accuracy of the given sqrt operation based on |
| 5335 | /// CodeGenOpts. |
| 5336 | void SetDivFPAccuracy(llvm::Value *Val); |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 | /// Set the codegen fast-math flags. |
| 5339 | void SetFastMathFlags(FPOptions FPFeatures); |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 | // Truncate or extend a boolean vector to the requested number of elements. |
| 5342 | llvm::Value *emitBoolVecConversion(llvm::Value *SrcVec, |
| 5343 | unsigned NumElementsDst, |
| 5344 | const llvm::Twine &Name = "" ); |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 | void maybeAttachRangeForLoad(llvm::LoadInst *Load, QualType Ty, |
| 5347 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5348 | |
| 5349 | private: |
| 5350 | // Emits a convergence_loop instruction for the given |BB|, with |ParentToken| |
| 5351 | // as it's parent convergence instr. |
| 5352 | llvm::ConvergenceControlInst *emitConvergenceLoopToken(llvm::BasicBlock *BB); |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 | // Adds a convergence_ctrl token with |ParentToken| as parent convergence |
| 5355 | // instr to the call |Input|. |
| 5356 | llvm::CallBase *addConvergenceControlToken(llvm::CallBase *Input); |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 | // Find the convergence_entry instruction |F|, or emits ones if none exists. |
| 5359 | // Returns the convergence instruction. |
| 5360 | llvm::ConvergenceControlInst * |
| 5361 | getOrEmitConvergenceEntryToken(llvm::Function *F); |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 | private: |
| 5364 | llvm::MDNode *getRangeForLoadFromType(QualType Ty); |
| 5365 | void EmitReturnOfRValue(RValue RV, QualType Ty); |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 | void deferPlaceholderReplacement(llvm::Instruction *Old, llvm::Value *New); |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 | llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<llvm::WeakTrackingVH, llvm::Value *>, 4> |
| 5370 | DeferredReplacements; |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 | /// Set the address of a local variable. |
| 5373 | void setAddrOfLocalVar(const VarDecl *VD, Address Addr) { |
| 5374 | assert(!LocalDeclMap.count(VD) && "Decl already exists in LocalDeclMap!" ); |
| 5375 | LocalDeclMap.insert(KV: {VD, Addr}); |
| 5376 | } |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 | /// ExpandTypeFromArgs - Reconstruct a structure of type \arg Ty |
| 5379 | /// from function arguments into \arg Dst. See ABIArgInfo::Expand. |
| 5380 | /// |
| 5381 | /// \param AI - The first function argument of the expansion. |
| 5382 | void ExpandTypeFromArgs(QualType Ty, LValue Dst, |
| 5383 | llvm::Function::arg_iterator &AI); |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | /// ExpandTypeToArgs - Expand an CallArg \arg Arg, with the LLVM type for \arg |
| 5386 | /// Ty, into individual arguments on the provided vector \arg IRCallArgs, |
| 5387 | /// starting at index \arg IRCallArgPos. See ABIArgInfo::Expand. |
| 5388 | void ExpandTypeToArgs(QualType Ty, CallArg Arg, llvm::FunctionType *IRFuncTy, |
| 5389 | SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Value *> &IRCallArgs, |
| 5390 | unsigned &IRCallArgPos); |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 | std::pair<llvm::Value *, llvm::Type *> |
| 5393 | EmitAsmInput(const TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &Info, const Expr *InputExpr, |
| 5394 | std::string &ConstraintStr); |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 | std::pair<llvm::Value *, llvm::Type *> |
| 5397 | EmitAsmInputLValue(const TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &Info, LValue InputValue, |
| 5398 | QualType InputType, std::string &ConstraintStr, |
| 5399 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 | /// Attempts to statically evaluate the object size of E. If that |
| 5402 | /// fails, emits code to figure the size of E out for us. This is |
| 5403 | /// pass_object_size aware. |
| 5404 | /// |
| 5405 | /// If EmittedExpr is non-null, this will use that instead of re-emitting E. |
| 5406 | llvm::Value *evaluateOrEmitBuiltinObjectSize(const Expr *E, unsigned Type, |
| 5407 | llvm::IntegerType *ResType, |
| 5408 | llvm::Value *EmittedE, |
| 5409 | bool IsDynamic); |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 | /// Emits the size of E, as required by __builtin_object_size. This |
| 5412 | /// function is aware of pass_object_size parameters, and will act accordingly |
| 5413 | /// if E is a parameter with the pass_object_size attribute. |
| 5414 | llvm::Value *emitBuiltinObjectSize(const Expr *E, unsigned Type, |
| 5415 | llvm::IntegerType *ResType, |
| 5416 | llvm::Value *EmittedE, bool IsDynamic); |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | llvm::Value *emitCountedBySize(const Expr *E, llvm::Value *EmittedE, |
| 5419 | unsigned Type, llvm::IntegerType *ResType); |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | llvm::Value *emitCountedByMemberSize(const MemberExpr *E, const Expr *Idx, |
| 5422 | llvm::Value *EmittedE, |
| 5423 | QualType CastedArrayElementTy, |
| 5424 | unsigned Type, |
| 5425 | llvm::IntegerType *ResType); |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 | llvm::Value *emitCountedByPointerSize(const ImplicitCastExpr *E, |
| 5428 | const Expr *Idx, llvm::Value *EmittedE, |
| 5429 | QualType CastedArrayElementTy, |
| 5430 | unsigned Type, |
| 5431 | llvm::IntegerType *ResType); |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 | void emitZeroOrPatternForAutoVarInit(QualType type, const VarDecl &D, |
| 5434 | Address Loc); |
| 5435 | |
| 5436 | public: |
| 5437 | enum class EvaluationOrder { |
| 5438 | ///! No language constraints on evaluation order. |
| 5439 | Default, |
| 5440 | ///! Language semantics require left-to-right evaluation. |
| 5441 | ForceLeftToRight, |
| 5442 | ///! Language semantics require right-to-left evaluation. |
| 5443 | ForceRightToLeft |
| 5444 | }; |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 | // Wrapper for function prototype sources. Wraps either a FunctionProtoType or |
| 5447 | // an ObjCMethodDecl. |
| 5448 | struct PrototypeWrapper { |
| 5449 | llvm::PointerUnion<const FunctionProtoType *, const ObjCMethodDecl *> P; |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | PrototypeWrapper(const FunctionProtoType *FT) : P(FT) {} |
| 5452 | PrototypeWrapper(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) : P(MD) {} |
| 5453 | }; |
| 5454 | |
| 5455 | void EmitCallArgs(CallArgList &Args, PrototypeWrapper Prototype, |
| 5456 | llvm::iterator_range<CallExpr::const_arg_iterator> ArgRange, |
| 5457 | AbstractCallee AC = AbstractCallee(), |
| 5458 | unsigned ParamsToSkip = 0, |
| 5459 | EvaluationOrder Order = EvaluationOrder::Default); |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | /// EmitPointerWithAlignment - Given an expression with a pointer type, |
| 5462 | /// emit the value and compute our best estimate of the alignment of the |
| 5463 | /// pointee. |
| 5464 | /// |
| 5465 | /// \param BaseInfo - If non-null, this will be initialized with |
| 5466 | /// information about the source of the alignment and the may-alias |
| 5467 | /// attribute. Note that this function will conservatively fall back on |
| 5468 | /// the type when it doesn't recognize the expression and may-alias will |
| 5469 | /// be set to false. |
| 5470 | /// |
| 5471 | /// One reasonable way to use this information is when there's a language |
| 5472 | /// guarantee that the pointer must be aligned to some stricter value, and |
| 5473 | /// we're simply trying to ensure that sufficiently obvious uses of under- |
| 5474 | /// aligned objects don't get miscompiled; for example, a placement new |
| 5475 | /// into the address of a local variable. In such a case, it's quite |
| 5476 | /// reasonable to just ignore the returned alignment when it isn't from an |
| 5477 | /// explicit source. |
| 5478 | Address |
| 5479 | EmitPointerWithAlignment(const Expr *Addr, LValueBaseInfo *BaseInfo = nullptr, |
| 5480 | TBAAAccessInfo *TBAAInfo = nullptr, |
| 5481 | KnownNonNull_t IsKnownNonNull = NotKnownNonNull); |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 | /// If \p E references a parameter with pass_object_size info or a constant |
| 5484 | /// array size modifier, emit the object size divided by the size of \p EltTy. |
| 5485 | /// Otherwise return null. |
| 5486 | llvm::Value *LoadPassedObjectSize(const Expr *E, QualType EltTy); |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 | void EmitSanitizerStatReport(llvm::SanitizerStatKind SSK); |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 | struct FMVResolverOption { |
| 5491 | llvm::Function *Function; |
| 5492 | llvm::SmallVector<StringRef, 8> Features; |
| 5493 | std::optional<StringRef> Architecture; |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 | FMVResolverOption(llvm::Function *F, ArrayRef<StringRef> Feats, |
| 5496 | std::optional<StringRef> Arch = std::nullopt) |
| 5497 | : Function(F), Features(Feats), Architecture(Arch) {} |
| 5498 | }; |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 | // Emits the body of a multiversion function's resolver. Assumes that the |
| 5501 | // options are already sorted in the proper order, with the 'default' option |
| 5502 | // last (if it exists). |
| 5503 | void EmitMultiVersionResolver(llvm::Function *Resolver, |
| 5504 | ArrayRef<FMVResolverOption> Options); |
| 5505 | void EmitX86MultiVersionResolver(llvm::Function *Resolver, |
| 5506 | ArrayRef<FMVResolverOption> Options); |
| 5507 | void EmitAArch64MultiVersionResolver(llvm::Function *Resolver, |
| 5508 | ArrayRef<FMVResolverOption> Options); |
| 5509 | void EmitRISCVMultiVersionResolver(llvm::Function *Resolver, |
| 5510 | ArrayRef<FMVResolverOption> Options); |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | private: |
| 5513 | QualType getVarArgType(const Expr *Arg); |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 | void EmitDeclMetadata(); |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 | BlockByrefHelpers *buildByrefHelpers(llvm::StructType &byrefType, |
| 5518 | const AutoVarEmission &emission); |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | void AddObjCARCExceptionMetadata(llvm::Instruction *Inst); |
| 5521 | |
| 5522 | llvm::Value *GetValueForARMHint(unsigned BuiltinID); |
| 5523 | llvm::Value *EmitX86CpuIs(const CallExpr *E); |
| 5524 | llvm::Value *EmitX86CpuIs(StringRef CPUStr); |
| 5525 | llvm::Value *EmitX86CpuSupports(const CallExpr *E); |
| 5526 | llvm::Value *EmitX86CpuSupports(ArrayRef<StringRef> FeatureStrs); |
| 5527 | llvm::Value *EmitX86CpuSupports(std::array<uint32_t, 4> FeatureMask); |
| 5528 | llvm::Value *EmitX86CpuInit(); |
| 5529 | llvm::Value *FormX86ResolverCondition(const FMVResolverOption &RO); |
| 5530 | llvm::Value *EmitAArch64CpuInit(); |
| 5531 | llvm::Value *FormAArch64ResolverCondition(const FMVResolverOption &RO); |
| 5532 | llvm::Value *EmitAArch64CpuSupports(const CallExpr *E); |
| 5533 | llvm::Value *EmitAArch64CpuSupports(ArrayRef<StringRef> FeatureStrs); |
| 5534 | }; |
| 5535 | |
| 5536 | inline DominatingLLVMValue::saved_type |
| 5537 | DominatingLLVMValue::save(CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Value *value) { |
| 5538 | if (!needsSaving(value)) |
| 5539 | return saved_type(value, false); |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | // Otherwise, we need an alloca. |
| 5542 | auto align = CharUnits::fromQuantity( |
| 5543 | Quantity: CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().getPrefTypeAlign(Ty: value->getType())); |
| 5544 | Address alloca = |
| 5545 | CGF.CreateTempAlloca(Ty: value->getType(), align, Name: "cond-cleanup.save" ); |
| 5546 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Val: value, Addr: alloca); |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 | return saved_type(alloca.emitRawPointer(CGF), true); |
| 5549 | } |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 | inline llvm::Value *DominatingLLVMValue::restore(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 5552 | saved_type value) { |
| 5553 | // If the value says it wasn't saved, trust that it's still dominating. |
| 5554 | if (!value.getInt()) |
| 5555 | return value.getPointer(); |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | // Otherwise, it should be an alloca instruction, as set up in save(). |
| 5558 | auto alloca = cast<llvm::AllocaInst>(Val: value.getPointer()); |
| 5559 | return CGF.Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: alloca->getAllocatedType(), Ptr: alloca, |
| 5560 | Align: alloca->getAlign()); |
| 5561 | } |
| 5562 | |
| 5563 | } // end namespace CodeGen |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 | // Map the LangOption for floating point exception behavior into |
| 5566 | // the corresponding enum in the IR. |
| 5567 | llvm::fp::ExceptionBehavior |
| 5568 | ToConstrainedExceptMD(LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind Kind); |
| 5569 | } // end namespace clang |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 | #endif |
| 5572 | |